Home

1756-6.5.9, ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules User Manual

1. osa 4 1 CaN ee ey IN 0 ENE jg RTN 0 IN 1 a4 3 RTN 1 7 IN 2 Fale sie RTN 2 Shield ground IN 3 eas RTN 3 RIN Tap Sepp RIN IN 4 Ay 12 ug RTN 4 IN 5 agu Bg RTN 5 IN 6 ays ig RTN 6 IN 7 zapli 17 RTN 7 Not used ay 20 19 Not used Not used o2 21 57 Not used Shield ground ___ Not used a ze Not used Not used 26 25 Not used Not used 28 27 Not used Not used a30 29 Not used Not used E 31 i Not used Not used gja 33 G Not used Not used e 35 G Not used 7 40915 M NOTES All terminals marked RTN are connected internally Terminals marked iRTN are not used for single ended voltage wiring Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 IF8 1756 IF8 Specifications 4 29 Number of Inputs 8 single ended 4 differential or 2 differential high speed Module Location 1756 ControlLogix Chassis Backplane Current 150mA 5 1V dc amp 40mA 24V dc 1 73W Power Dissipation within Module 1 73W voltage Thermal Dissipation 2 53W current 5 9 BTU hr voltage 8 6 BTU hr current Input Range and Resolution 10 25V 320uV cnt 15 bits plus sign bipolar 0 10 25V 160uV cnt 16 bits 0
2. Channel 0 j pH Shield ground Channel 3 i l 2 Wire Peg i Transmitter a L iy IN 8 m o 19 G i RTN 8 IN 9 Qoz 2 i RTN 9 IN 10 24 23 i RTN 10 IN 11 G26 25 RTN 11 RTN G 28 27 RTN IN 12 AN 30 29 i RTN 12 IN 13 32 31 i RTN 13 IN 14 34 3 1 RTN 14 IN 15 36 35 Q i RTN 15 40912 M Ia ma NOTES Use the following chart when wiring your module in differential mode This Uses these terminals This Uses these terminals channel channel Channel 0 IN 0 IN 1 amp i Channel 4 IN 8 IN 9 amp i RTN 0 RTN 8 Channel 1 IN 2 IN 3 amp i Channel 5 IN 10 IN 11 amp i RTN 2 RTN 10 Channel 2 IN 4 IN 5 amp i Channel 6 IN 12 IN 13 amp i RTN 4 RTN 12 Channel 3 IN 6 IN 7 Gi Channel 7 IN 14 IN 15 amp i RTN 6 RTN 14 All terminals marked RTN are connected internally A 249Q current loop resistor is located between IN x and i RTN x terminals If multiple or multiple terminals are tied together connect that tie point to a RTN terminal to maintain the module s accuracy Place additional loop devices e g strip chart recorders etc at either A location Important Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 When operating in 4 channel high speed mode only use channels 0 2 4
3. VOUT 4 ia IGS VOUT 0 j ours IOI owo a an RTN 151 em load vout 5 IEB VOUT 1 iour 5 b Ie IOUT 1 VOUT 6 i I VOUT 2 Shield ground IOUT 6 i 145 tour 2 RTN i ia RTN VOUT 7 ie ia VOUT 3 IOUT 7 ia IOUT 3 ex 40916 M 1756 OF8 Voltage wiring example VOUT 4 lies vouto La Sears IOUT 4 iS 15 tout 0 i RTN ie ie RIN VOUT 5 I I vours Ours D B IOUT 1 Shield ground VOUT 6 li I VOUT 2 IOUT 6 ep ep louT 2 RTN ic ie RTN vout IIB vours lOUT 7 i ie IOUT 3 CN 40917 M Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 7 12 Non Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 amp 1756 OF8 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 1756 OF8 Specifications Number of Outputs 8 voltage or current outputs Module Location 1756 ControlLogix Chassis Backplane Current 150mA 5 1V dc amp 210mA 24V dc 5 8W Power Dissipation within Module Thermal Dissipation 4 92W 8 channel current 16 78 BTU hr Output Range 0 to 21mA 10 4V Resolution 15 bits across 21mA 650nA bit 15 bits across 10 4V 320uV bit Data Format Integer mode Left justified 2s complement Floating point IEEE 32 bit Open Circuit Detection Current output only Output must be set to gt 0 1mA Output Overvoltage Protection
4. of Bou oon ooo ooo 7 i Data sent from owner amp Immediate backplane S Mat module s RPI rate gt S _ transfers to module m J od ie 3 9 9 Output data at least as often as RPI ControlNet 41360 The reserved spot on the network and when the controller sends the output data are asynchronous to each other This means there are Best and Worst Case scenarios as to when the module will receive the output data from the controller in a networked chassis Best Case RPI Scenario In the Best Case scenario the controller sends the output data just BEFORE the reserved network slot is available In this case the remotely located output module receives the data almost immediately Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 2 10 Analog I O Operation Within the ControlLogix System Listen Only Mode Multiple Owners of Input Modules Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Worst Case RPI Scenario In the Worst Case scenario the controller sends the data just AFTER the reserved network slot has passed In this case the data will not be received by the module until the next scheduled network slot Important These Best and Worst Case scenarios indicate the time required for output data to transfer from the controller to the module once the controller has produced it They
5. Module Fault Word 15 144 13 12 ll When the module is calibrating all 15 AnalogGroupFault i I A bits in the Channel Fault word are set 13 OutGroupFault t 12 Calibrating 11 Cal Fault 14 is not used by the If set any bit in the Channel Fault word also sets the Analog OF6CI or OF 6VI Group Fault and Output Group Fault in the Module Fault word f f f tf 4 Channel Fault Word 5 4 3 2 1 0 5 Ch5Fault k 4 Ch Fault A channel calibration fault t i i f f 3 Ch3Fault sets the calibration fault in A t 2 Ch2Fault the Module Fault word 1 Ch1Fault 0 ChOFault A A Channel Status Words One for each channel 5 ChxNotANumber 7 amp 6 arenotused by 4 ChxCalFault OF6CI or OF 6VI 3 ChxinHold 2 ChxRampAlarm 1 ChxLLimitAlarm 0 ChxHLimitAlarm 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Not a Number Output in Hold and Ramp Low and High Limit Alarm conditions do not set additional bits Alarm conditions set the You must monitor them here appropriate bits in the Channel Fault word 41343 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 8 6 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI amp 1756 OF6VI Module Fault Word Bits in Floating Point Mode Channel Fault
6. Channel 0 mode na 2 1 J U mi Tee ofa el IN 2 Ie ss Shield ground IN 3 je 4 9 Channel 3 IN 4 r u rire Hel we Hephie wi al j Fs o lt Not used 1 2 19 Not used i2 alg Not used Qla 23 Not used 1 26 231 Not used Qiz 27 Not used l 30 291 Not used 32 31 Not used lza 3 Not used Dl 35 NOTES Use the following chart when w This Uses these channel terminals Channel 0 IN 0 IN 1 amp i RTN 0 Channel1 IN 2 IN 3 amp i RTN 2 Channel IN 4 IN 5 amp i RTN 4 Channel 3 IN 6 IN 7 amp i RTN 6 All terminals marked RTN are connected internally N 0 i RTN 1 i RTN 2 i RTN 3 i RTN 4 iRTN 5 i RTN 6 i RTN 7 Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used J umper wires 40912 M iring your module in differential mode A 2499 current loop resistor is located between IN x and i RTN x terminals If multiple or multiple terminals are tied together connect that tie point to a RTN terminal to maintain the module s accuracy Place additional loop devices e g strip chart recorders etc at either A location Important channels 0 2 When operating in 2 channel high speed mode only use Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 4 26 Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756
7. IN 1 I IN 0 Die Not used ray HE Not used Cold aT junction RIN ia ie a sensor T R z iid IN 3 ID ic IN 2 Thermocouple CJ C I ll Not used KD KD RTN 3 ie lt 5 RTN 2 i CG IES ie Not used t T6 5 we ws EDI wa 18 Not used ie IES Not used 20 19 RTN 5 ICD IIED arn 4 Cc H 20969 M Temperature Measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I amp 1756 IT61 1756 IT6I Specifications 6 19 Number of Inputs 6 individually isolated channels Module Location 1756 ControlLogix Chassis Backplane Power Requirements No external power requirements 250mA 5 1V dc amp 125mA 24V dc 4 3W Power Dissipation within Module 4 3W Thermal Dissipation 14 66 BTU hr Input Ranges 12mV to 78mV 12mV to 30mvV high resolution range Supported Thermocouple Types B C E J K N R S T Linearization based on ITS 90 Resolution 16 bits 1 4uV typical 0 7uV count on high resolution range Data Format Integer mode 2s complement Floating point IEEE 32 bit Input Impedance gt 10MQ Open Circuit Detection Time Positive full scale reading within 2s Overvoltage Protection 120V ac dc maximum Normal Mode Noise Rejection 60dB at 60Hz Common Mode Noise Rejection 120dB at 60Hz 100dB at 50Hz Channel Bandwidth 15Hz Settling Time to 5 of Full Scale lt 80ms Calibrated Accuracy at 25 C C
8. 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 A calibrating fault sets bit 11 in the t Module Fault word If set any bit in the Channel Fault word also sets the Analog Group Fault and Input Group Fault in the Module Fault word j t f j i When the module is calibrating all bits in 5 3 2 1 0 the Channel Fault i i i word are set i 15 14 B 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 Underrange and overrange conditions set the corresponding Channel Fault word bit for that channel 14 ChOOverrange 8 Ch30verrange 13 ChlUnderrange 7 Ch4Underrange 12 ChlOverrange 6 Ch4Overrange 11 Ch2Underrange 5 Ch5Underrange 41349 10 Ch2Overrange 4 Ch5Overrange Module Fault Word Bits in Integer Mode Channel Fault Word Bits in Integer Mode Channel Status Word Bits in Integer Mode In integer mode Module Fault word bits bits 15 8 operate exactly as described in floating point mode see page 5 9 In integer mode Channel Fault word bits operate exactly as described in floating point mode see page 5 9 The Channel Status word has the following differences when used in integer mode e Only Underrange and Overrange conditions are reported by the module Alarming and Calibration Fault activities are not available although the Calibration Fault bit in the Module Fault word will activate if a channel is not properly calibrated
9. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Alarm bits in the Channel Status word do not set additional bits at any higher level You must monitor these conditions here 41345 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 6 10 Temperature Measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I amp 1756 IT61 Module Fault Word Bits in Floating Point Mode Channel Fault Word Bits in Floating Point Mode Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Bits in this word provide the highest level of fault detection A nonzero condition in this word reveals that a fault exists on the module You can examine further down to isolate the fault The following tags are found in the Module Fault Word e Analog Group Fault This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is AnalogGroupFault e Input Group Fault This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is InputGroup e Calibrating This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated When this bit is set all bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is Calibrating e Calibration Fault This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set Its tag name is CalibrationFault e ColdJunctionUnderrange This bit is only used on the 1756 IT6I module It is set when the ambient temperature around the Cold Junction Sensor is below 0 C Its tag name is CJUnderrange e ColdJunctionOverrange
10. 00 9 10 Configuring the ControlLogix Analog I O Module Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules Troubleshooting Chapter 10 Configuring Your I O Module 004 10 1 RSLogix 5000 Configuration Software 10 2 Overview of the Configuration Process 10 2 Creating a New Module 22405 2434 ae eee A ks 10 4 Communications Format 0 0 0 eee ee eee 10 6 Blecttonie Keyin 24 led oie dished wet bedhead abears 10 9 Using the Default Configuration 0 10 9 Altering the Default Configuration for Input Modules 10 10 Altering the Default Configuration for Output Modules 10 13 Configuring the RTD Module 04 10 16 Configuring the Thermocouple Module 10 17 Downloading New Configuration Data 10 18 Editing Contig uraon 447 2 sey Gee eee eho hee eee e 10 19 Reconfiguring Module Parameters in Run Mode 10 20 Reconfiguring Module Parameters in Program Mode 10 21 Configuring I O Modules in a Remote Chassis 10 22 Viewing and Changing Module Tags 10 24 Chapter Summary and What s Next 00 10 25 Chapter 11 Difference Between Calibrating An Input Module and Calibrating An Output Module 11 2 Calibrate in Either Program or Run Mode 11 2 Calibrating Input Modules 0 00000
11. BERR ERR PSE YP YP NY NY PY RS HY N O pi uJ Ownership and Connections Every I O module in the ControlLogix system must be owned by a Logix5550 Controller to be useful This owner controller stores configuration data for every module that it owns and can be local or remote in regard to the I O module s position The owner sends the I O module configuration data to define the module s behavior and begin operation within the control system Each ControlLogix I O module must continuously maintain communication with its owner to operate normally Typically each module in the system will have only 1 owner Input modules can have more than 1 owner Output modules however are limited to a single owner For more information on the increased flexibility provided by multiple owners and the ramifications of using multiple owners see page 2 10 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 2 2 Analog I O Operation Within the ControlLogix System Using RSNetWorx and RSLogix 5000 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 The I O configuration portion of RSLogix5000 generates the configuration data for each I O module in the control system whether the module is located in a local or remote chassis A remote chassis also known as networked contains the I O module but not the module s owner controller Configuration data is transferred to the controller during the program download and subsequently transferred
12. Cc 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Not a Number Output in Hold and Ramp Alarm conditions do not set additional bits You must monitor them here 1 ChxLLimitAlarm uses 8 Channel Status words 0 ChxHLimitAlarm This graphic shows 8 words 41519 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 7 6 Non Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 amp 1756 OF8 Module Fault Word Bits in Floating Point Mode Channel Fault Word Bits in Floating Point Mode Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Bits in this word provide the highest level of fault detection A nonzero condition in this word reveals that a fault exists on the module You can examine further down to isolate the fault The following tags are found in the Module Fault Word e Analog Group Fault This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is AnalogGroupFault e Calibrating This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated When this bit is set all bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is Calibrating e CalibrationFault This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set Its tag name is CalibrationFault During normal module operation Channel Fault word bits are set if any of the respective channels has a High or Low Limit Alarm or an Open Wire condition 0 20mA configuration only When using the Channel Fault Word the 175
13. Input Impedance gt 10MQ Voltage 249 Current Open Circuit Detection Time Positive full scale reading within 5s Overvoltage Protection 120V ac dc Voltage ranges 8V ac dc with on pan current resistor Current Ranges Normal Mode Noise Rejection 60dB at 60Hz Common Mode Noise Rejection 120dB at 60Hz 100dB at 50Hz Channel Bandwidth 15Hz 3dB Settling Time to 5 of Full Scale lt 80ms Calibrated Accuracy at 25 C Calibration Interval Better than 0 1 of range 12 months typical Input Offset Drift with Temperature 2uV degree C typical Gain Drift with Temperature 35 ppm degree C typical 80 ppm maximum Voltage 45 ppm degree C typical 90 ppm maximum Current Module Error over Full Temp Range 0 54 of range Minimum Module Scan Time for all Channels Sample Rate 25ms minimum floating point 10ms minimum integer Isolation Voltage Channel to channel User to system Optoisolated transformer isolated 100 tested at 1700V dc for 1s based on 250V ac 100 tested at 1700V dc for 1s based on 250V ac Module Conversion Method Sigma Delta Module Keying Backplane Electronic RTB Screw Torque NEMA 7 9 inch pounds 0 8 1Nm RTB Keying User defined RTB and Housing 20 Position RTB 1756 TBNH or TBSH Environmental Conditions Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Relative Humidity 0 to 60 C 32 to 140 F 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F
14. Shield Ground 40199 M NOTE Place additional loop devices e g strip chart recorders etc at either A location Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF61 5 13 1756 IF6I Current wiring example with a 2 wire transmitter IN 1 V IN 1 1 RET 1 IN 3 V IN 3 I RET 3 Not used IN 5 V IN 5 I RET 5 ele IE ic DID pe ISI ele ie D Ie IG Ole IOo D IN V and IN I must be wired together IN 0 V i 2 Wire IN 0 I et c Transmitter RET 0 IN 2 V IN 2 1 RET 2 Not used IN 4 V IN 4 I RET 4 40893 M Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 5 14 Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6l Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 1756 IF6I Specifications Number of Inputs 6 individually isolated channels Module Location 1756 ControlLogix Chassis Backplane Power Requirements No module external power requirements 250mA 5 1V dc amp 100mA 24V de 3 7W Power Dissipation within Module Thermal Dissipation 3 7W voltage 4 3W current 12 62 BTU hr voltage 14 32 BTU hr current Input Range 10 5V 0 10 5V 0 5 25V 0 21mA overrange indication when exceeded Resolution Approximately 16 bits across each range
15. Fully Software Configurable The software uses a custom easily understood interface to configure the module All module features are enabled or disabled through the I O configuration portion of RSLogix 5000 The user can also use the software to interrogate any module in the system to retrieve serial number revision information catalog number vendor identification error fault information and diagnostic counters By eliminating such tasks as setting hardware switches and jumpers the software makes module configuration easier and more reliable ControlLogix Analog I O Module Features 3 3 Electronic Keying Instead of using plastic mechanical backplane keys electronic keying allows the ControlLogix system to control what modules belong in the various slots of a configured system During module configuration you must choose one of the following keying options for your I O module e Exact match all of the parameters described below must match or the inserted module will reject a connection to the controller e Compatible module all of the parameters described below except minor revision must match or the inserted module will reject a connection to the controller The minor revision of the physical module must be greater than or equal to that of the configured slot e Disable keying the inserted module will not reject a connection to the controller ATTENTION Be extremely cautious when using the disable keying option if u
16. 36 Position RTB 1756 TBCH or TBS6H Environmental Conditions Operating Temperature 0 to 60 C 32 to 140 F Storage Temperature 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Relative Humidity 5 to 95 noncondensing Conductors Wire Size 22 14 gauge 2mm stranded 3 64 inch 1 2mm insulation maximum Category 93 4 Screwdriver Width for RTB 1 8 inch 3 2mm maximum Agency Certification Oy when product or packaging is marked Ge Class Div 2 Hazardous lt a gt Class Div 2 Hazardous peal marked for all applicable directives UrRWwne These specifications are module filter dependent Maximum wire size will require extended housing 1756 TBE Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system level installation manual Refer to publication 1770 4 1 Programmable Controller Wiring and Grounding Guidelines CSA certification Class Division 2 Group A B C D or nonhazardous locations FM approved Class I Division 2 Group A B C D or nonhazardous locations a Shielded cable required Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 4 30 Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 1F16 IF8 Chapter Summary In this chapter you learned about features specific to the and What s Next 1756 IF 16 and IF8 modules Move on to chapter 5 to learn about features specific to isolated analog input module Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1
17. 5 6 Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6l Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Process Alarms Process alarms alert you when the module has exceeded configured high or low limits for each channel You can latch process alarms These are set at four user configurable alarm trigger points High high High Low Low low Important Process alarms are only available in applications using floating point mode The values for each limit are entered in scaled engineering units You may configure an Alarm Deadband to work with these alarms The deadband allows the process alarm status bit to remain set despite the alarm condition disappearing as long as the input data remains within the deadband of the process alarm To see how to set Process Alarms see page 10 10 Rate Alarm The rate alarm triggers if the rate of change between input samples for each channel exceeds the specified trigger point for that channel Important The rate alarm is only available in applications using floating point mode For example if you set an IF6I with normal scaling in Volts to a rate alarm of 1 0 V S the rate alarm will only trigger if the difference between measured input samples changes at a rate gt 1 0 V S If the module s RTS is 100 ms i e sampling new input data every 100ms and at time 0 the module measures 5 0 volts and at time 100ms measures 5 08 V the rate of change is 5 08V 5 0V 100mS 0 8 V S
18. Appendix C Using Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration You can use ladder logic to perform run time services on your module For example page 10 10 shows how to unlatch alarms on the 1756 IF6I module using RSLogix 5000 This appendix provides an example of how to unlatch those same alarms without using RSLogix 5000 In addition to performing run time services you can use ladder logic to change configuration Chapter 10 explained how to use the RSLogix 5000 software to set configuration parameters in your ControlLogix analog I O module Some of those parameters may also be changed through ladder logic In ladder logic you can use Message instructions to send occasional services to any ControlLogix I O module Message instructions send an explicit service to the module causing specific behavior to occur for example unlatching a high alarm Message instructions maintain the following characteristics e messages use unscheduled portions of system communications bandwidth e one service is performed per instruction e performing module services does not impede module functionality such as sampling inputs or applying new outputs Processing Real Time Control and Module Services Services sent via message instructions are not as time critical as the module behavior defined during configuration and maintained by a real time connection Therefore the module processes messaging services only after the needs of
19. Choosing a Data Format Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 IF8 4 3 Differential Wiring Method The differential wiring method is recommended for applications in which it is advantageous or required to have separate signal pairs or a common ground is not available Differential wiring is recommended for environments where improved noise immunity is needed Important This wiring method allows use of only half a module s channels For example you can only use 8 channels on the 1756 IF16 module and 4 channels on the 1756 IF8 module High Speed Mode Differential Wiring Method You can configure the 1756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 modules for a high speed mode that will give you the fastest data updates possible When using the high speed mode remember the following conditions e This mode uses the differential wiring method e This mode only allows use of 1 out of every 4 channels on the module Update times for applications using the high speed mode can be found in the table on page 4 5 Data format determines the format of the data returned from the module to the owner controller and the features that are available to your application You can choose one of the two following data formats e Integer mode e Floating point mode The following table shows which features are available in each format Table 4 B Features Available in Each Data Format Data format Features available Features not avai
20. Field Wiring Arm and Housing 36 Position RTB 1756 TBCH or TBS6H 2 Environmental Conditions Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Relative Humidity 0 to 60 C 32 to 140 F 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F 5 to 95 noncondensing ConductorsWire Size 22 14 gauge 2mm stranded 2 3 64 inch 1 2mm insulation maximum Category 93 4 Screwdriver Width for RTB 1 8 inch 3 2mm maximum Agency Certification when product or packaging is marked Gi Class Div 2 Hazardous wa Class Div 2 Hazardous meir E marked for all applicable directives UrRwWwne This specification is module filter dependent Maximum wire size will require extended housing 1756 TBE Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system level installation manual Refer to publication 1770 4 1 Programmable Controller Wiring and Grounding Guidelines CSA certification Class Division 2 Group A B C D or nonhazardous locations FM approved Class I Division 2 Group A B C D or nonhazardous locations a Shielded cable required 1756 IF8 Module Wiring Examples and Specifications Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 IF8 4 25 1756 IF8 Differential Current Wiring Example 4 Channels
21. The communications format determines what type of configuration options are made available what type of data is transferred between the module and its owner controller and what tags are generated when configuration is complete This feature also defines the connection between the controller writing the configuration and the module itself Important In addition to description below each format returns status data and rolling timestamp data Input Module Formats The following are possible Communications Format choices for input modules e Float data module returns floating point input data e Integer data module returns integer input data e CST timestamped float data module returns floating point input data with the value of the system clock from its local chassis when the input data is sampled e CST timestamped integer data module returns integer input data with the value of the system clock from its local chassis when the input data is sampled e CST timestamped float data differential mode 1756 IF16 IF8 module operating in the differential mode returns floating point input data with the value of the system clock from its local chassis when the input data is sampled e CST timestamped float data high speed mode 1756 IF16 IF8 module operating in the high speed mode returns floating point input data with the value of the system clock from its local chassis when the input data is sampled e CST timestamped fl
22. ap els i l seee 4 I aE I I oTa aggegea 5 D OUT 0 1756 OF6CI Wiring example for Loads of 0 5509 ALT 0 RTN 0 User Analog Output Device OUT 2 ALT 2 RTN 2 Not used OUT 4 ALT 4 RTN 4 Shield Ground 20967 M 1756 OF6CI Wiring example for Loads of 551 1000Q OUT 1 ALT 1 RTN 1 OUT 3 NOTE Place additional devices ALT 3 anywhere in the loop eats Not used OUT 5 ALT 5 RTN 5 3 g Ub oS Seleeleeleeleleclecleclecles ct G Sele keleiele I g els D OUT 0 ALT 0 RTN 0 OUT 2 ALT 2 RTN 2 Not used OUT 4 ALT 4 RTN 4 User Analog Output Device Shield Ground 40854 M Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 8 10 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI amp 1756 OF6VI Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 1756 OF6CI Specifications Number of Outputs 6 individually isolated channels Module Location 1756 ControlLogix Chassis Backplane Power Requirements No external power requirements 250mA 5 1
23. Allen Bradley ControlLogix Analog I O User Modules M anuUuad Cat No 1756 IF16 IF6l IF8 IR6I IT6l OF4 OF6CI OF6VI OF8 File Name AB_ControlLogix_1756IF_OF_user_D1198 Important User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls Publication SGI 1 1 describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard wired electromechanical devices Because of this difference and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable In no event will the Allen Bradley Company be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation the Allen Bradley Company cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed by Allen Bradley Company with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual Reproduction of the contents of this manual in
24. Class Div 2 Hazardous Class Div 2 Hazardous marked for all applicable directives Maximum wire size will require extended hou Use conductor category information for plann These specifications are notch filter dependent Values represent 60Hz setting sing 1756 TBE ing conductor routing as described in the system level installation manual Refer to publication 1770 4 1 Programmab CSA certification Class Division 2 Group A FM approved Class I Division 2 Group A B Shielded cable required UrRWwnNne e Controller Wiring and Grounding Guidelines B C D or nonhazardous locations C D or nonhazardous locations Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 6 20 Temperature Measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I amp 1756 IT61 Chapter Summary In this chapter you learned about features specific to temperature measuring and What s Next modules Move on to chapter 7 to learn about non isolated analog output modules Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 What This Chapter Contains Chapter 7 Non Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 amp 1756 0F8 This chapter describes features specific to ControlLogix non isolated analog output modules The following table describes what this chapter contains and its location For information about See page Choosing a Data Format 7 2 Features Specific to Non Isolated 7 3 Analog Output Modules Ramping
25. Division 2 Compliance All ControlLogix analog I O modules maintain CSA Class I Division 2 system certification This allows the ControlLogix system to be placed in an environment other than only a 100 hazard free Important Modules should not be pulled under power nor should a powered RTB be removed when a hazardous environment is present CE CSA UL FM Agency Certification Any ControlLogix analog I O modules that have obtained CE CS A UL FM agency certification are marked as such Ultimately all analog modules will have these agency approvals and be marked accordingly Field Calibration ControlLogix analog I O modules allow you to calibrate on a channel by channel or module wide basis RSLogix 5000 provides a software interface to perform calibration To see how to calibrate your module see chapter 11 Calibration Bias You can add this offset directly to the input or output during calibration calculation The purpose of this feature is to allow you to compensate for any sensor offset errors which may exist such offset errors are common in thermocouple sensors To see how to set the calibration bias see page 10 10 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 3 6 ControlLogix Analog I O Module Features Understanding the Relationship Between Module Resolution Scaling and Data Format Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Latching of Alarms The latching feature allows analog I O modules to latch an alarm in the s
26. This bit is only used on the 1756 IT6I module It is set when the ambient temperature around the Cold Junction Sensor is above 86 C Its tag name is CJOverrange During normal module operation bits in the Channel Fault word are set if any of the respective channels has an Under or Overrange condition Checking this word for a nonzero value is a quick way to check for Under or Overrange conditions on the module The following conditions set all Channel Fault word bits e A channel is being calibrated in this case the module sets the bits to display O03F e A communications fault occurred between the module and its owner controller In this case the bits are set by the controller and set to display FFFF Your logic can monitor the Channel Fault Word bit for a particular input to determine the state of that point Channel Status Word Bits in Floating Point Mode Temperature Measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I amp 1756 IT61 6 11 Any of the 6 Channel Status words one for each channel will display a nonzero condition if that particular channel has faulted for the conditions listed below Some of these bits set bits in other Fault words When the Underrange and Overrange bits bits 6 amp 5 in any of the words are set the appropriate bit is set in the Channel Fault word When the Calibration Fault bit bit 7 is set in any of the words the Calibration Fault bit bit 11 is set in the Module Fault word Chx
27. e There is only 1 Channel Status word for all 6 channels Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 5 12 Module Wiring Examples and Specifications IN 1 V IN 1 I RET 1 IN 3 V IN 3 1 RET 3 Not used IN 5 V IN 5 I RET 5 1756 IN 1 V IN 1 I RET 1 IN 3 V NOTE Place additional loop devices e g strip chart recorders etc at either A location IN 3 I RET 3 Not used IN 5 V IN 5 I RET 5 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6l ug ot LPeerCELEE gabo dd adi ele iy D ay ay ay 1756 IF6l Voltage wiring example D Voltage Input IF61 Current wiring example with a 4 wire transmitter ol i st Jaaa ekee am 1 ooe ji aly C Sj oo t t Sle D IN O V IN 0 1 RET 0 IN 2 V IN 2 1 RET 2 Not used IN 4 V IN 4 1 RET 4 IN 0 V User Analog IN 0 I Input Device aT RET 0 Device External IN 2 V Power IN 2 I RET 2 Not used IN 4 V IN 4 I Shield Ground RET 4 40198 M IN V and IN must be wired together 4 Wire Transmitter
28. eee eee eee 2 10 Listen Only Mode se c 0203 4 saie eaten sie deatweds 2 10 Multiple Owners of Input Modules 2 10 Configuration Changes in an Input Module with Multiple Owners 0 0 0 cece eee eee 2 12 Chapter Summary and What s Next 00 2 13 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Module Features Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 1F16 IF8 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Chapter 3 Determining Input Module Compatibility Determining Output Module Compatibility Features Common to All Analog I O Modules Removal and Insertion Under Power RIUP Module Fault Reporting 0 0 0 0 eee eee Fully Software Configurable 2005 Electronic Keying i 2 2 6 etiete acer bet hewineredaes Access to System Clock for Timestamping Functions Rolling Timestamp o2 2 304 26 024 oe pee ee edie Producer Consumer Model 0 000 e eee eee LED Status Information 0 00 00 00 2008 Full Class I Division 2 Compliance 04 CE CSA UL FM Agency Certification Field Calibration i et ee a a SE a oe Ee ae Calibration Biasio steret esd sk eta tide TE eeebe ees Latching of Alarms cc sb era oes Gee Bes PO eee Data Formats i446 aria ewok een ae tieehiwbedeen ad Module Inhibiting ysis vac dAg So ee apt a
29. when product or packaging 5 is marked Gi Class Div 2 Hazardous lt e gt Class Div2 Hazardous E marked for all applicable directives This specification is module filter dependent Maximum wire size will require extended hou sing 1756 TBE Use conductor category information for plann Refer to publication 1770 4 1 Programmab UrRWwnNne FM approved Class l Division 2 Group A B Shielded cable required a CSA certification Class Division 2 Group A ing conductor routing as described in the system level installation manual e Controller Wiring and Grounding Guidelines B C D or nonhazardous locations C D or nonhazardous locations 1756 IF61 Specifications Module Specifications A 3 Number of Inputs 6 individually isolated channels Module Location 1756 ControlLogix Chassis Backplane Power Requirements No module external power requirements 250mMA 5 1V dc amp 100mA 24V de 3 7W Power Dissipation within Module Thermal Dissipation 3 7W voltage 4 3W current 12 62 BTU hr voltage 14 32 BTU hr current Input Range 10 5V 0 10 5V 0 5 25V 0 21mA overrange indication when exceeded Resolution Approximately 16 bits across each range shown below 10 5V range 0 to 10 5V range 0 to 5 25V range 0 21mA range 343uV count 171yV count 86uV count 0 34uA count Data Format Integer mode 2s complement Floating point IEEE 32 bit
30. 100 200 500 1000Q Platinum alpha 385 100 200 500 1000Q Platinum alpha 3916 120Q Nickel alpha 672 100 120 200 500 Nickel alpha 618 10Q Copper Data Format Integer mode 2s complement Floating point IEEE 32 bit Open Circuit Detection Time Positive full scale reading within 5s with any combination of lost wires except input terminal B alone If input terminal B is lost by itself the module reads a negative full scale reading within 5s Overvoltage Protection 24V ac dc maximum Normal Mode Noise Rejection 60dB at 60Hz Common Mode Noise Rejection 120dB at 60Hz 100db at 50Hz Channel Bandwidth 15Hz Settling Time to 5 of Full Scale lt 80ms Calibrated Accuracy at 25 C Better than 0 1 of range Calibration Interval 12 months typical Input Offset Drift with Temperature 10MQ degree C Gain Drift with Temperature 50 ppm degree C typical 90 ppm maximum Module Error over Full Temp Range 0 54 of range Module Scan Time for all Channels 25ms minimum floating point ohms Sample Rate 50ms minimum floating point temperature 10ms minimum integer ohms Module Conversion Method Sigma Delta Isolation Voltage Optoisolated transformer isolated Channel to channel 100 tested at 1700V dc for 1s based on 250V ac User to system 100 tested at 1700V dc for 1s based on 250V ac RTB Screw Torque NEMA 7 9 inch pounds 0 8 1Nm Module Keying Backplane Elect
31. 15 15836mV 79 241mV 32768 counts 32767 counts Output modules allow you to generate a analog signal at the screw terminals that correspond to a range from 32 768 to 32 767 counts of resolution Use the following table to convert a generated digital signal to the number of counts Table 3 D Output Signal to User Count Conversion Input module Available range Low signal and High signal and user counts user counts 1756 OF4 0F8 OmA 20mA OmA 21 2916mA 32768 counts 32767 counts 10V 10 4336V 10 4336V 32768 counts 32767 counts 1756 OF6Cl OMA 20mA OmA 21 074mA 32768 counts 32767 counts 1756 OF6VI 10V 10 517V 10 517V 32768 counts 32767 counts ControlLogix Analog I O Module Features 3 11 Floating point mode This data type mode allows you to change the data representation of the selected module Although the full range of the module does not change you can scale your module to represent I O data in terms specific for your application For example if you are using the 1756 IF6I module in floating point mode and choose an input range of OmA to 20mA the module can use signals within the range of OmA to 21mA but you can scale the module to represent data between 4mA to 20mA as the low and high signals in engineering units as shown on page 3 8 For an example of how to define data representation in engineering units through RSLogix 5000 see page 10 10 Difference Betwe
32. 3 8 Sensor Type 1756 IR6I and 1756 IT6I modules 6 13 select in RSLogix 5000 10 16 10 17 Software Tags accessing B 10 floating point mode tags B 4 integer mode tags B 2 using tags to change configuration B 11 Status Indicators 1 3 LED status information 3 5 T Temperature Units 1756 IR6I and 1756 IT6I modules 6 14 set in RSLogix 5000 10 16 10 17 Timestamp rolling 1 1 1 2 3 4 Timestamping 3 4 a change in input output or diagnostic data P 3 U UL compliance to 1 2 Underrange Overrange Detection 1756 IF16 amp 1756 IF8 modules 4 5 1756 IF6I module 5 4 1756 IR6I1 amp 1756 IT6I modules 6 4 W Wire Off Detection 1756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 modules bit notification 4 8 4 9 1756 IF6I module bit notification 5 7 1756 IR6I and 1756 IT6I modules bit notification 6 7 6 8 Wiring cage clamp RTB 9 4 connecting grounded end of wiring 9 3 connecting ungrounded end of wiring 9 4 NEMA clamp RTB 9 4 spring clamp RTB 9 4 Wiring Examples and Specifications 1756 IF16 module 4 20 1756 IF6I module 5 12 1756 IF8 module 4 25 1756 IR6I1 module 6 16 1756 IT6I module 6 18 1756 OF4 module 7 9 1756 OF6CI module 8 9 1756 OF6VI module 8 11 1756 OF8 module 7 11 Wiring Method choosing 4 2 differential mode 4 3 high speed differential mode 4 3 single ended mode 4 2 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Reach us now at www rockwellautomation com Whe
33. 5 to 95 noncondensing ConductorsWire Size 22 14 gauge 2mm stranded 3 64 inch 1 2mm insulation maximum Category 93 4 Screwdriver Width for RTB 5 16 inch 8mm maximum Agency Certification Oy when product or packaging 5 is marked Gi Class Div 2 Hazardous e pa e ver Class Div 2 Hazardous E marked for all applicable directives Maximum wire size will require extended hou Use conductor category information for plann These specifications are notch filter dependent sing 1756 TBE ing conductor routing as described in the system level installation manual Refer to publication 1770 4 1 Programmab CSA certification Class Division 2 Group A FM approved Class I Division 2 Group A B Shielded cable required UrRwne e Controller Wiring and Grounding Guidelines B C D or nonhazardous locations C D or nonhazardous locations Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 A 4 Module Specifications Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 1756 IF8 Specifications Number of Inputs 8 single ended 4 differential or 2 differential high speed Module Location 1756 ControlLogix Chassis Backplane Current 150mA 5 1V dc amp 40mA 24V dc 2 33W Power Dissipation within Module Thermal Dissipation 1 73W voltage 2 53W current 5 9 BTU hr voltage 8 6 BTU hr current Input Range and Resolution 10 25V 320uV cnt 15 bits plus sign
34. Click on the right mouse button to display the menu 3 Select Monitor Tags Click on the slot number of the module you want to see Because the process of viewing and changing a module s configuration tags is broader in scope than can be addressed in this chapter you must turn to Appendix A for more information and sample tag collections Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Configuring the ControlLogix Analog I O Module 10 25 Chapter Summary and What s In this chapter you learned about Next e configuring ControlLogix analog I O modules e editing module configuration e configuration tags Move on to chapter 11 to calibrate your module Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 10 26 Configuring the ControlLogix Analog I O Module Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 What This Chapter Contains Chapter 1 1 Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules This chapter describes how to calibrate ControlLogix analog modules The following table describes what this chapter contains and its location For information about See page Difference Between Calibrating An Input 11 2 Module and Calibrating An Output Module Calibrating Input Modules 11 3 Calibrating the 1756 IF16 11 3 or 1756 IF8 Modules Calibrating the 1756 IF6 Module 11 7 Calibrating the 1756 IR6 Module 11 12 Calibrating the 1756 IT6 Module 11 15 Calibrating Output Modules 11 18 Calibrat
35. ICD RTN 2 c i ite Not used Lio Gp IN 4 A IGS S 1 4 8 IEB EBI RTN 4 c L Shield Ground 1756 IR6I 4 Wire RTD wiring example RTN 1 C RT Not used RT Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 N 1 A N 1 B N 3 A N 3 B N 3 C N 5 A N 5 B N 5 C BIG SIGIGIGIEIGIS D IN O A IN 0 B _ RTN O C IN 2 A IN 2 B RTN 2 C Not used IN 4 A IN 4 B RTN 4 C IN 0 A IN 0 B 3 Wire RTD 20972 M 4 Wire RTD Shield Ground NOTE Wiring is exactly the same as the 3 Wire RTD with one wire left open 20973 M Temperature Measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I amp 1756 IT61 6 17 1756 IR6I Specifications Number of Inputs 6 individually isolated channels Module Location 1756 ControlLogix Chassis Backplane Power Requirements 250mA 5 1V dc amp 125mA 24V dc 4 25W No external power requirements Power Dissipation within Module 4 3W Thermal Dissipation 14 66 BTU hr Input Range 1 487Q 2 10009 4 20009 8 4020Q Resolution in Ranges Approximately 16 bits across each input range 4870 7 7mMQ count 10002 15mQ count 2000 30mQ count 4020Q 60mQ count Sensors Supported Resistance 4 40200
36. If not set outputs will remain in their configured program state despite a communications fault occurring ChOConfig SINT All outputs Contains all individual configuration bits for channel Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 B 4 Using Software Configuration Tags Tag Name Data Type Applicable Definition Modules ChOHoldForinit BOOL All outputs When set configures the channel to hold or not change until initialized with a value within 0 1 of full scale of its current value when one of the following conditions occurs 1 Module initial connection power up 2 Module transition from Program mode back to Run mode 3 Module reestablishes communications after fault ChOFault Mode BOOL All outputs Selects the behavior the output channel should take if a communications fault were to occur Either hold last state 0 or go to a user defined value 1 ChOFaultValue defines the value to go to on fault if the bit is set ChOProgM ode BOOL All outputs Selects the behavior the output channel when transitioned into Program mode Either hold last state 0 or go to a user defined value 1 ChOProgValue defines the value to go to on fault if the bit is set ChORampToProg BOOL All outputs Enables ramping of the output value to a user defined program value ChOProgValue when set Ramping defines the maximum rate the output is allowed to transition at based upon the configured ChORampRate ChORampToFault BOOL All outputs E
37. OH SE mA Trae i E jbs i r Se N ri poked oharra Ota 20 r 4 DOGG ret ob Th Be Bd rA eee FP Owe heen on Sc fe ee ee ri H en ri fe JbA mA 400 rA OR SO r Click here to finish calibration and re turn the module to normal operation Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 11 22 Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules Calibrating the 1756 OF6VI This module must be calibrated for voltage RSLogix 5000 commands the module to output specific levels of voltage You must measure the actual level and record the results This measurement allows the module to account for any inaccuracies While you are online you must access the modules properties page To see how to reach this page see page 10 19 Follow these steps 1 Connect your voltage meter to the module 2 Go to the Calibration page Click on the tab for this page me Hede Mepa Lecat TE 174 0 et 1 1 Gami Lomin Module inda Confguraton Qe pat Sae Lra Cabin d acistare 1 Choose the channels you want to calibrate here 2 Choose whether you want to calibrate channels in groups or one at a time here Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Click here to start calibration 3 Set the channels to be calibrated Cabirin wed Sele Ge Chen Io Cael Ea Dalai ha Hanra bo Calbraion the Taur Tai TE E Om Then chee k athe 1 Leal 5 oe Calis the Channeh in aaway 1am 5 OH Et es Ost eons K a a Tires
38. Rung 4 6f Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 C 8 Using Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Unlatch Alarms in the 1756 OF6VI Example Rungs 5 7 show how to unlatch the following alarms in a 1756 OF6VI module e High limit alarm Rung 5 e Low limit alarm Rung 6 e Ramp alarm Rung 7 Rung 5 unlatches the high limit alarm Rung 6 unlatches the low limit alarm Rung 7 unlatches the ramp alarm Click on the box in each rung to see the configuration and communication information pop up associated with it An explanation of the pop ups used in these rungs is below Communications Pop Up Screens The screen below shows the Communications pop up for Rung 0 This pop up is the same for each rung in this example Boecoage Loohqunatern Shot CA_Aeph_Lod_oeniaich Ea Lonfigasion Tonmuniaion Set the module s message path here w peh fi 2 0FEv iss Eki 2 DFe i a 5 FE i L oars wt Enable J Eai inti ad Ghat E Dore Dest Lert 0 Wt Enor Coca M Timed Dhan Esterded Evu Dike a ee Important You must name an I O module to set the message path under that module s communication tab Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Configuration Pop Up Screen This pop up screen contains the same information for each rung except for the Object Attribute field The information in this field is as follows Rung 5 6f Rung 6 6e Rung 7 7
39. S and T When any of the sensor types listed above are selected during configuration the RSLogix 5000 software will use the following default values in the scaling box Table 6 G Default Signal and Engineering Values in RSLogix 5000 1756 IT6l 1756 IR6l Low signal 12 Low eng 12 Low signal 1 Low eng 1 High signal 78 High eng 78 High signal 487 High eng 487 The module will send back temperature values over the entire sensor range listed in Table 6 7 on next page as long as the Low signal value equals the Low engineering value and the High signal value equals the High engineering value The actual numbers used in the signal and engineering fields are irrelevant as long as they are equal Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 6 14 Temperature Measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I amp 1756 IT61 The following table displays the temperature range for each 1756 IT6I sensor type Values listed in Celsius Table 6 H Temperature Limits for 1756 IT6I Sensor Types 1756 IT6l B c Sensor type E J K N R 5 T Low temperature 300 0 0 0 270 0 210 0 270 0 270 0 50 0 50 0 270 0 High temperature 1820 0 2315 0 1000 0 1200 0 1372 0 1300 0 1768 1 1768 1 400 0 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Important The table above lists temperature limits for sensors using the 12 to 78mV range only When the 12 to 30mV range is used temperature limits are truncated to the t
40. The RTS value is set during the initial configuration using RSLogix 5000 This value can be adjusted anytime Analog I O Operation Within the ControlLogix System 2 5 Requested Packet Interval RPI This configurable parameter also instructs the module to multicast its channel and status data to the local chassis backplane The RPI instructs the module to multicast the current contents of its on board memory when the RPI expires i e the module does not update its channels prior to the multicast On Board Memory a pa a Status Data Channel Data Ch 0 Channel Data Ch1 Channel Data Ch 2 Channel Data Ch 3 Channel Data Ch 4 Channel Data Ch5 Timestamp eee 41362 Important The RPI value is set during the initial module configuration using RSLogix 5000 This value can be adjusted when the controller is in Program mode It is important to note that the module will reset the RPI timer each time an RTS is performed This operation dictates how and when the owner controller in the local chassis will receive updated channel data depending on the values given to these parameters If the RTS value is less than or equal to the RPI each multicast of data from the module will have updated channel information In effect the module is only multicasting at the RTS rate Publication 1756 6
41. e Ramp to program mode Occurs when the present output value changes to the Program Value after a Program Command is received from the controller e Ramp to fault mode Occurs when the present output value changes to the Fault Value after a communications fault occurs The maximum rate of change in outputs is expressed in engineering units per second and called the maximum ramp rate To see how to enable Run mode ramping and set the maximum ramp rate see page 10 15 Hold for Initialization Hold for Initialization causes outputs to hold present state until the value commanded by the controller matches the value at the output screw terminal within 0 1 of full scale providing a bumpless transfer If Hold for Initialization is selected outputs will hold if any of the three conditions occur e Initial connection is established after power up e A new connection is established after a communications fault occurs e There is a transition to Run mode from Program state The InHold bit for a channel indicates that the channel is holding Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 7 4 Non Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 amp 1756 OF8 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Open Wire Detection This feature detects when current flow is not present at any channel The 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules must be configured for 0 20mA operation to use this feature At least 0 1mA of current must be flowing from the output for detection
42. s logic will monitor the Channel Fault bit for a particular output if you either e set the high and low limit alarms outside your operating range or e disable output limiting Channel Status Word Bits in Floating Point Mode Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI amp 1756 OF6VI 8 7 Any of the 6 Channel Status words one for each channel will display a nonzero condition if that particular channel has faulted for the conditions listed below Some of these bits set bits in other Fault words When the High or Low Limit Alarm bits bits 1 amp 0 in any of the words are set the appropriate bit is set in the Channel Fault word When the Calibration Fault bit bit 4 is set in any of the words the Calibration Fault bit bit 11 is set in the Module Fault word ChxNotaNumber Bit 5 This bit is set when the output value received from the controller is NotaNumber the IEEE NAN value The output channel will hold its last state ChxCalFault Bit 4 This bit is set when an error occurred when calibrating This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word ChxInHold Bit 3 This bit is set when the output channel is currently holding The bit resets when the requested Run mode output value is within 0 1 of full scale of the current echo value ChxRampAlarm Bit 2 This bit is set when the output channel s requested rate of change would exceed the configured maximum ramp rate requested parameter It remains s
43. signal The module converts the digital value into an analog signal and provides this signal on the module s screw terminals For more information on compatibility of other Allen Bradley Company products to ControlLogix analog output modules see the I O Systems Overview publication CIG 2 1 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 3 2 ControlLogix Analog I O Module Features Features Common to All Analog 1 0 Modules Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 The following features are common to all ControlLogix analog T O modules Removal and Insertion Under Power RIUP All ControlLogix I O modules may be inserted and removed from the chassis while power is applied This feature allows greater availability of the overall control system because while the module is being removed or inserted there is no additional disruption to the rest of the controlled process Module Fault Reporting ControlLogix analog I O modules provide both hardware and software indication when a module fault has occurred Each module has an LED fault indicator and RSLogix 5000 will graphically display this fault and include a fault message describing the nature of the fault This feature allows you to determine how your module has been affected and what action should be taken to resume normal operation For more information on module fault reporting as it relates to specific modules see the chapter describing that module either chapter 4 5 6 7 or 8
44. 1 3 Hold for Initialization 7 3 Clamping 7 4 Clamp Alarms 7 4 Data Echo 7 4 Fault and Status Reporting Between the 7 5 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 Modules and the Owner Controller 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 Fault Reporting in 7 5 Floating Point Mode 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 Fault Reporting in 7 8 Integer Mode 1756 OF4 Module Wiring 1 9 Examples and Specifications 1756 OF8 Module Wiring 7 11 Examples and Specifications Chapter Summary and What s Next 7 13 The following modules support the features described in this chapter e 1756 OF4 e 1756 OF8 In addition to the features described in this chapter the non isolated analog output modules support all features described in chapter 3 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 7 2 Non Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 amp 1756 OF8 The following table lists which additional features your non isolated output modules support and the page of the description of each feature Table 7 A Features Supported by Non Isolated Analog Output Modules Feature Page of description Removal and Insertion Under Power RIUP 3 2 Module Fault Reporting 3 2 Fully Software Configurable 3 2 Electronic Keying 3 3 Timestamping 3 4 Producer Consumer Model 3 4 LED Status Information 3 5 Full Class Division 2 Compliance 3 5 Multiple Choices of Data Format 3 6 On Board Calibration 3 5 Alarm Latching 3 6 Scaling 3 9 Choosing a Data Format Data
45. 11 2 Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules Difference Between Calibrating Although the purpose of calibrating analog modules is the same for input An Input Module and and output modules to improve the module s accuracy and repeatability the Calibrating An Output M odule procedures involved differs for each When you calibrate input modules you use current voltage or ohms calibrators to send a signal to the module to calibrate it When you calibrate output modules you use a digital multimeter DMM to measure the signal the module is sending out To maintain your module s accuracy specifications we recommend you use calibration instruments with specific ranges The following table lists the recommended instruments for each module Table 11 A Recommended Calibration Instruments for ControlLogix Analog Modules Modules Recommended instrument ranges 1756 IF16 amp 1756 IF8 0 to 10 25V source 150uV Voltage 1756 IF6l 0 to 10 00V source 150uV Voltage 1 00 to 20 00mA source 0 15uA Current 1756 IR6 1 0 and 487 0 resistors 0 01 1756 IT6l 12mV to 78mV source 0 3uV 1756 OF4 amp 1756 OF8 DMM better than 0 3mV or 0 6uA 1756 OF6VI DMM with resolution better than 0 5mV 1756 OF6Cl DMM with resolution better than 1 0uA 1 We suggest you use the following precision resistors KRL Electronics 534A1 1ROT 1 0 Ohm 0 01 534A1 487ROT 487 Ohm 0 01 A precision decade resistor box can also b
46. 125V OmA 20mA OmA 20 58mA Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 4 6 Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 IF8 Amplitude Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Digital Filter The digital filter smooths input data noise transients for all channels on the module This feature is used on a per channel basis The digital filter value specifies the time constant for a digital first order lag filter on the input It is specified in units of milliseconds A value of 0 disables the filter The digital filter equation is a classic first order lag equation A t Yn Yn 1 Ka Vo At TA Oy Yor Yn present output filtered peak voltage PV Yn 1 previous output filtered PV At module channel update time seconds TA digital filter time constant seconds Xn present input unfiltered PV Using a step input change to illustrate the filter response as shown below you can see that when the digital filter time constant elapses 63 2 of the total response is reached Each additional time constant achieves 63 2 of the remaining response Unfiltered input TA 0 01 sec TA 0 5 sec Sere TA 0 99 sec 0 0 01 0 5 0 99 Time in Seconds 16723 Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 IF8 4 7 Process Alarms Process alarms alert you when the module has exceeded configured high or low limits for each channel You can latch process alarm
47. 2 Group A B Shielded cable required awna e Controller Wiring and Grounding Guidelines B C D or nonhazardous locations C D or nonhazardous locations Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 A 10 Module Specifications Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 1756 OF8 Specifications Number of Outputs 8 voltage or current outputs Module Location 1756 ControlLogix Chassis Backplane Current 150mA 5 1V dc amp 210mA 24V dc 5 8W Power Dissipation within Module Thermal Dissipation 4 92W 8 channel current 16 78 BTU hr Output Range 0 to 21mA 10 4V Resolution 15 bits across 21mA 650nA bit 15 bits across 10 4V 320uV bit Data Format Integer mode 2s complement Floating point IEEE 32 bit Open Circuit Detection Current output only Output must be set to gt 0 1mA Output Overvoltage Protection 24V dc Output Short Circuit Protection Electronically current limited to 21mA or less Drive Capability gt 2000Q voltage 0 750Q current Output Settling Time lt 2ms to 95 of final value with resistive loads Calibrated Accuracy at 25 C Calibration Interval Better than 0 05 of range from 4mA to 21mA 10 4V to 10 4V Twelve months typical Output Offset Drift with Temperature 50 uV degree C typical 100nA degree C typical Gain Drift with Temperature 25 ppm degree C maximum voltage 50 ppm degree C maximum
48. 20mA 1756 IF6l 4 12 to 78mV 1756 IT61 5 12 to 30mV 1756 IT61 6 1 to 487Q 1756 IR6l 7 2 to 1 000Q 1756 IR61 8 4 to 2 000Q 1756 IR6I 9 8 to 4 020Q 1756 IR6I Sensor type is bits 4 7 and selects the sensor type to use for linearization on the 1756 IR6I IT6I Sensor types values are as follows 0 no linearization Q 1756 IR6l mV 1756 IT6l 1 100Q Platinum 385 1756 IR6l B 1756 IT6l 2 200Q Platinum 385 1756 IR6l C 1756 IT6I 3 500Q Platinum 385 1756 IR6l E 1756 IT61 4 1000Q Platinum 385 1756 IR6l J 1756 IT6 5 100Q Platinum 3916 1756 IR6l K 1756 IT61 6 200Q Platinum 3916 1756 IR6l N 1756 IT6l 7 500Q Platinum 3916 1756 IR6l R 1756 IT61 8 1000Q Platinum 3916 1756 IR61 S 1756 IT6l 9 10Q Copper 427 1756 IR6I T 1756 IT61 10 120Q Nickel 672 1756 IR6l 11 100Q Nickel 618 1756 IR6l 12 120Q Nickel 618 1756 IR6l 13 200Q Nickel 618 1756 IR6l 14 500Q Nickel 618 1756 IR61 The notch filter provides superior frequency filtering at the selected value and its harmonics The notch filter is the lower nibble bits 0 3 0 10Hz 1 50Hz 2 60Hz 3 100Hz 4 250Hz 5 1 000Hz ChOConfigAlarm BOOL All Disables all alarms for the channel Disable ChOConfigProcess BOOL All inputs Enables latching for all four process alarms low low low high and high AlarmLatch high Latching causes the process alarm to remain set until an unlatch service is explicitly sent to the channel or alarm ChOConfigRate BOOL All in
49. 24V dc Output Short Circuit Protection Electronically current limited to 21mA or less Drive Capability gt 2000Q voltage 0 750Q current Output Settling Time lt 2ms to 95 of final value with resistive loads Calibrated Accuracy at 25 C Calibration Interval Better than 0 05 of range from 4mA to 21mA 10 4V to 10 4V Twelve months typical Output Offset Drift with Temperature 50 uV degree C typical 100nA degree C typical Gain Drift with Temperature 25 ppm degree C maximum voltage 50 ppm degree C maximum current Module Error over Full Temp Range 0 15 of range voltage 0 3 of range current Module Scan Time for all Channels 12ms minimum floating point 8ms minimum integer Isolation Voltage User to system 100 tested at 2550V dc for 1s Module Conversion Method R Ladder DAC monotonicity with no missing codes RTB Screw Torque NEMA 7 9 inch pounds 0 8 1Nm Module Keying Backplane Electronic RTB Keying User defined Field Wiring Arm and Housing 20 Position RTB 1756 TBNH or TBSH Environmental Conditions Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Relative Humidity 0 to 60 C 32 to 140 F 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F 5 to 95 noncondensing ConductorsWire Size 22 14 gauge 2mm stranded maximum 3 64 inch 1 2mm insulation maximum Category 92 3 Screwdriver Width for RTB 5 16 inch 8mm m
50. 32 768 counts is 0 degree Celsius and 32 767 counts is 86 degrees Celsius CSTTimestamp Array of DINT All if the CST Timestamp taken at time the input data was sampled or if an output connection is when the output was applied and placed in terms of Coordinated selected System Time which is a 64 bit quantity in microseconds coordinated across the rack Must be addressed in 32 bit chunks as an array RollingTimestamp INT All Timestamp taken at time the input data was sampled or if an output when the output was applied which is in terms of milliseconds relative solely to the individual module Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Using Software Configuration Tags B 3 Integer Output Tags These tags are set automatically during configuration using RSLogix 5000 Tag Name Data Type Applicable Definition Modules ChOData INT All outputs The value the channel is to output in counts where the minimum producible output is 32 768 counts and 32 767 counts is the maximum producible ChODataEcho INT All outputs The value the channel is currently outputting in counts where 32 768 counts is the minimum producible output signal and 32 767 counts is the maximum producible OutGroupFault BOOL All outputs Indicates if a channel fault has occurred on any output channel ChOInHold BOOL All outputs Bit which indicates if the output channel is currently holding until the Output value sent to the module O tag ChOData matche
51. 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Relative Humidity 5 to 95 noncondensing Conductors Wire Size 22 14 gauge 2mm stranded maximum 3 64 inch 1 2mm insulation maximum Category 92 3 Screwdriver Width for RTB 5 16 inch 8mm maximum Agency Certification Oy when product or packaging 4 is marked is Class Div 2 Hazardous lt ra gt Class Div2 Hazardous marked for all applicable directives a Maximum wire size will require extended hou sing 1756 TBE nN Use this conductor category information for pl manual anning conductor routing as described in the system level installation w Refer to publication 1770 4 1 Programmab CSA certification Class Division 2 Group A FM approved Class I Division 2 Group A B Shielded cable required gt eal e Controller Wiring and Grounding Guidelines B C D or nonhazardous locations C D or nonhazardous locations 1756 OF8 Module Wiring Examples and Specifications NOTE Place additional loop devices e g strip chart recorders etc at the A location noted above Non solated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 amp 1756 OF8 7 11 1756 OF8 Current wiring example
52. 5 125V 80V ucnt 16 bits 0 20 5mA 0 32uA cnt 16 bits Data Format Integer mode 2s complement Floating point IEEE 32 bit Input Impedance Voltage Current gt lmegQ 2490 Open Circuit Detection Time Differential voltage Positive full scale reading within 5s Single Ended Diff current Negative full scale reading within 5s Single Ended voltage Even numbered channels go to positive full scale reading within 5s odd numbered channels go to negative full scale reading within 5s Overvoltage Protection 30V dc voltage 8V dc current Normal Mode Noise Rejection gt 80dB at 50 60Hz Common Mode Noise Rejection gt 100dB at 50 60Hz Calibrated Accuracy at 25 C Better than 0 05 of range Better than 0 15 of range voltage current Input Offset Drift with Temperature 90uV degree C Gain Drift with Temperature 15 ppm degree C voltage 20 ppm degree C current Module Error over Full Temp Range 0 1 of range voltage 0 3 of range current Module Scan Time for All Channels Sample Rate Module Filter Dependent 8 pt single ended 16 488ms 4 pt differential 8 244ms 2 pt differential 5 122ms Module Conversion Method Sigma Delta Isolation Voltage User to system 100 tested at 2550 dc for 1s RTB Screw Torque Cage clamp 14 4 inch pounds 0 4Nm Module Keying Backplane Electronic RTB Keying User defined Field Wiring Arm and Housing
53. 5 9 November 1998 2 6 Analog I O Operation Within the ControlLogix System If the RTS value is greater than the RPI the module will multicast at both the RTS rate and the RPI rate Their respective values will dictate how often the owner controller will receive data and how many multicasts from the module contain updated channel data In the example below the RTS value is 100mS and the RPI value is 25mS Only every fourth multicast from the module will contain updated channel data RTS 100mS Updated data RPI 25mS Same input data as the previous RTS I 1 1 I 1 1 I 1 1 I 1 i I I I I I I 1 I I 1 1 I I 1 I I 1 1 I 1 I I i I I I I 1 i I 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 I 1 1 1 i I I I I I l 1 I I I I i I 1 I 1 1 I I I I I I 1 I I q 1 I 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I 1 l I I I I 1 1 1 1 I q I I I I I 1 I I 1 i 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I 1 I I I I i 1 1 I I l I I I I 1 I I j 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 if 1 I 1 i I i I 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 I 1 I I 1 I I 1 1 I 1 i 1 i I i 1 L i 1 I I t I t 1 i i I 1 I I i I I i 1 I i I 1 I 1 i I I i 1 i t I 1 1 i I t 1 i 1 I 1 i I I i 1 U i I 1 I 1 i I i 1 i 1 l 1 i l l i 1 r ft l 1 I 1 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400 Time ms ioie Input Modules in If an input module resides in a networked chassis the role of the RPI and a Remote Chassis the module s R
54. 767 counts of resolution In integer mode input modules generate digital signal values that correspond to a range from 32 768 to 32 767 counts of resolution Use the following table to convert a generated digital signal to the number of counts Table 3 C Input Signal to User Count Conversion Input module Available range Low signal and High signal and user counts user counts 1756 1F16 IF8 10V 10 25V 10 25V 32768 counts 32767 counts ov 10V ov 10 25V 32768 counts 32767 counts 0V 5V oV 5 125V 32768 counts 32767 counts OMA 20mA OMA 20 58mA 32768 counts 32767 counts 1756 IF6 10V 10 54688V 10 54688V 32768 counts 32767 counts 0V 10V oV 10 54688V 32768 counts 32767 counts 0V 5V oV 5 27344V 32768 counts 32767 counts OMA 20mA OmA 21 09376mA 32768 counts 32767 counts Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 3 10 ControlLogix Analog I O Module Features Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Table 3 C Input Signal to User Count Conversion Input module Available range Low signal and High signal and user counts user counts 1756 IR6 10 4870 0 859068653Q 507 8620 32768 counts 32767 counts 2Q 10009 2Q 1016 502Q 32768 counts 32767 counts 4Q 20002 4Q 2033 780Q 32768 counts 32767 counts 89 40209 8Q 4068 3920 32768 counts 32767 counts 1756 IT6 12mV 30mV 15 80323mV 31 396mV 32768 counts 32767 counts 12mV 78mV
55. ChOOverrange 13 ChlUnderrange 12 ChlOverrange 11 Ch2Underrange 10 Ch2Overrange 1756 IR6I and 1756 IT6I Module Fault Word Bits in Integer Mode 1756 IR6I and 1756 IT6I Channel Fault Word Bits in Integer Mode 1756 IR6I and 1756 IT6l Channel Status Word Bits in Integer Mode Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 The following graphic provides an overview of the fault reporting process in integer mode 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 a Y A calibrating fault sets bit 11 in the Module Fault word Cold J unction temperature underrange and overrange conditions set bits 9 amp 8 for 1756 IT6I only If set any bit in the Channel Fault word also sets the Analog Group Fault and Input Group Fau t in the Module Fault word 9 Ch3Underrange 8 Ch30verrange 7 Ch4Underrange 6 Ch4Overrange 5 Ch5Underrange 4 Ch5Overrange t1 t 5 4 3 2 1 0 tf M When the module is calibrating all bits in the Channel Fault word are set tf tf 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 Underrange and overrange conditions set the corresponding Channel Fault word bit for that channel 41349 In integer mode Module Fault word bits bits 15 8 operate exactly as described in floating point mode see page 6 10 In integer mode Channel Fault word bits operate exac
56. Channel Status Words One for each channel Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 IF8 4 11 The following graphic provides an overview of the fault reporting process for the 1756 IF16 module in floating point mode 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 When the module is calibrating all A i bits in the Channel Fault word are set If set any bit in the Channel Fault word also sets the Analog Group Fault in the Module Fault word k Po a A 15 14 113 12 11 10 9 8 17 16 5 41 3 2110 E r of An underrange overrange condition 7 ChxCalFault 3 ChxLAlarm 6 ChxUnderrange 2 ChxHAlarm 5 ChxOverrange 1 ChxLLAlarm 4 ChxRateAlarm 0 ChxHHAlarm A channel calibration fault sets the calibration fault in the Module Fault word 1756 IF16 Module Fault Word Bits in Floating Point Mode sets appropriate Channel Fault bits Alarm bits 0 4 in the Channel Status word do not set additional bits at any higher level You must monitor these conditions here The number of channel status words is 41512 dependent on the wiring format used Bits in this word provide the hig
57. Check controller and communication has timed out chassis communication OK Steady red light The module must be replaced Replace the module CAL Flashing green The module is in calibration None light mode ANALOG OUTPUT CAL CO oK C4 6 20965 M The following LED display is used with ControlLogix analog output modules Troubleshooting 12 3 Using RSLogix 5000 to In addition to the LED display on the module RSLogix 5000 will alert you Troubleshoot Your Module to fault conditions You will be alerted in one of three ways e Warning signal on the main screen next to the module This occurs when the connection to the module is broken Fault message in a screen s status line Notification in the Tag Editor General module faults are also reported in the Tag Editor Diagnostic faults are only reported in the Tag Editor Status on the Module Info Page The screens below display fault notification in RSLogix 5000 Warning icon when a commu nications fault occurs or if the module is inhibited Status section lists Major and Minor Warning signal on main screen Ek b ee Geet Loge imeri e is hy CECGOBE T E aja E ajj skj SW 1 0 Configuration f 1 1756 048 Conveyor_A BJ 2 17564B161 Conveyor_B 3 1756 1F 6 Conveyor_C Fault message in status line Warning signal The module in slot 3 has a communications fault E Module Properties Local 2 1756 OF
58. Click here to continue 7 Set the calibrator for the high reference and apply it to the module This screen shows which channels will be calibrated a aw 00 for a high reference and the e Abib shoo ibrati e tpewy same range of that calibration n e aoe It also shows what refer AE ence signal is expected at the input gt DE Click here to calibrate the high reference Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 11 11 This screen displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a high reference If all channels are OK continue as shown below If any channels report an Error retry Step 6 until the status is OK Pram Ha fo contre 8 8 3 8 5 50 g Click here to continue After you have completed both low and high reference calibration this screen shows the status of both Cokie wed Cian Corepleted Click here to finish calibration and re turn the module to normal operation Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 11 12 Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules Calibrating the 1756 IR6I This module does not calibrate for voltage or current It uses two precision resistors to calibrate the channels in ohms You must connect a 1Q precision resistor for low reference calibration and a 487Q precision resistor for high reference calibration The 1756 IR6I only calibrates in the 1 487Q range Important When you are
59. OOOF for high speed differential wiring applications e A communications fault occurred between the module and its owner controller In this case the bits are set by the controller and set to display FFFF Your logic can monitor the Channel Fault Word bit for a particular input to determine the state of that point Any of the Channel Status words one for each channel will display a nonzero condition if that particular channel has faulted for the conditions listed below Some of these bits set bits in other Fault words When the Underrange or Overrange bits bits 6 amp 5 in any of the words are set the appropriate bit is set in the Channel Fault word Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 IF8 4 13 When the Calibration Fault bit bit 7 is set in any of the words the Calibration Fault bit bit 11 is set in the Module Fault word ChxCalFault Bit 7 This bit is set if an error occurs during calibration for that channel causing a bad calibration This bit also sets bit 11 in the Module Fault word UnderRange Bit 6 This bit is set when the input signal at the channel is less than or equal to the minimum detectable signal For more information on the minimum detectable signal for each module see Table 4 E on page 4 5 This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word OverRange Bit 5 This bit is set when the input signal at the channel is greater than or equal to the maxim
60. Sigma Delta Isolation Voltage Channel to channel Optoisolated transformer isolated 100 tested at 1700V dc for 1s based on 250V ac User to system 100 tested at 1700V dc for 1s based on 250V ac Module Keying Backplane Electronic RTB Screw Torque NEMA 7 9 inch pounds 0 8 1Nm RTB Keying User defined mechanical keying RTB and Housing 20 Position RTB 1756 TBNH or TBSH Environmental Conditions Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Relative Humidity 0 to 60 C 32 to 140 F 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F 5 to 95 noncondensing ConductorsWire Size 22 14 gauge 2mm stranded 3 64 inch 1 2mm insulation maximum Category 93 4 Screwdriver Width for RTB 5 16 inch 8mm maximum Agancy ae ty t UL anal iia sac Gi Class Div2 Hazardous lt a gt Class Div 2 Hazardous E marked for all applicable directives Maximum wire size will require extended hou Use conductor category information for plann These specifications are notch filter dependent sing 1756 TBE ing conductor routing as described in the system level installation manual Refer to publication 1770 4 1 Programmab CSA certification Class Division 2 Group A FM approved Class I Division 2 Group A B Shielded cable required nae wne e Controller Wiring and Grounding Guidelines B C D or nonhazardous locations C D or nonhazardous locations Publication 1756
61. The advantage of multiple owners over a Listen only connection is that now either of the controllers can lose the connection to the module and the module will continue to operate and multicast data to the system because of the connection maintained by the other owner controller Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 2 12 Analog I O Operation Within the ControlLogix System Configuration Changes in an You must be careful when changing an input module s configuration data in Input Module with Multiple a multiple owner scenario When the configuration data is changed in one Owners Modified Configuration Controller A input Controlle Input Module Configuration Data XXXXX 22222 XXXXX of the owners for example Controller A and sent to the module that configuration data is accepted as the new configuration for the module Controller B will continue to listen unaware that any changes have been made in the module s behavior Multiple Owners with Changed Configuration Data B Initial Configuration CONE gt 2 Vol g T SEE an Input Module Configuration Data Con A Con B XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX A T S Controller B is oblivious to changes made by Controller A 41057 Important A pop up screen in RSLogix 5000 alerts you t
62. The rate alarm would not set as the change is less than the trigger point of 1 0V s If the next sample taken is 4 9V the rate of change is 4 9V 5 08V 100mS 1 8V S The absolute value of this result is gt 1 0V S so the rate alarm will set Absolute value is used because rate alarm checks for the magnitude of the rate of change being beyond the trigger point whether a positive or negative excursion To see how to set the Rate Alarm see page 10 10 Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6l 5 7 Wire Off Detection The 1756 IF6I module will alert you when a wire has been disconnected from one of its channels or the RTB has been removed from the module When a wire off condition occurs for this module two events occur e Input data for that channel changes to a specific scaled value e A fault bit is set in the owner controller which may indicate the presence of a wire off condition Because the 1756 IF6I module can be used in voltage or current applications differences exist as to how a wire off condition is detected in each application Wire Off in Voltage Applications When a wire off condition occurs for a module channel in voltage applications the following occurs e Input data for that channel changes to the scaled value associated with the overrange signal value of the selected operational range in floating point mode maximum possible scaled value or 32 767 counts in integer mode e The ChxOverrang
63. Word Bits in Floating Point Mode Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Bits in this word provide the highest level of fault detection A nonzero condition in this word reveals that a fault exists on the module You can examine further down to isolate the fault The following tags are found in the Module Fault Word e Analog Group Fault This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is AnalogGroupFault e Output Group Fault This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is OutputGroupFault e Calibrating This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated When this bit is set all bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is Calibrating e Calibration Fault This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set Its tag name is CalibrationFault During normal module operation Channel Fault word bits are set if any of the respective channels has a High or Low Limit Alarm Checking this word for a nonzero condition is a quick way to check for High or Low Limit Alarm condition on a channel The following conditions set all Channel Fault word bits e A channel is being calibrated in this case the module sets the bits to display O03F e A communications fault occurred between the module and its owner controller In this case the bits are set by the controller and set to display FFFP Your application
64. Your Module Chapter Summary and What s Next 12 4 Each ControlLogix analog I O module has indicators which provide indication of module status ControlLogix modules use the following Table 12 A LED Indicators for Input Modules LED This display Means Take this action indicators OK Steady green light The inputs are being multicast None and in normal operating state OK Flashing green The module has passed internal None light diagnostics but is not currently performing connected communication OK Flashing red light Previously established Check controller and communication has timed out chassis communication OK Steady red light The module must be replaced Replace the module CAL Flashing green The module is in None light calibration mode The following LED display is used with ControlLogix analog input modules ANALOG INPUT 8 CAL CQ OK C4 ml 6 20962 M Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 12 2 Troubleshooting Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Table 12 B LED Indicators for Output Modules LED This display Means Take this action indicators OK Steady green light The outputs are in a normal None operating state in Run Mode OK Flashing green The module has passed internal None light diagnostics but is not actively controlled In this case the connection may or may not be open OK Flashing red light Previously established
65. attribute field blank Liit Gla Gl l fr priar pel gi Rung 0 unlatches the high high alarm Rung 1 unlatches the high alarm gt sda iara Lens Lege Rung 2 unlatches the low alarm H5 Rung 3 unlatches the low low alarm 2 Letty See OSL sade ri pee T ie yi m ERE ae 0 Gere fi EH Hee Cored Toi CHI Sate Alem riii r CP coe ER Rung 4 unlatches the rate alarm _ Click on the box in each rung to see the configuration and communication information pop up associated with it An explanation of the pop ups used in these rungs is below Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Using Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration C 7 Communications Pop Up Screens The screen below shows the Communications pop up for Rung 0 This pop up screen is the same for each rung of this example bja of Conhiqunaten Sioi _Chb_HH_Alarm_ usia Set the module s message path here Important You must name an I O module to set the message path under that module s communication tab Configuration Pop Up Screens The screen below shows the Configuration pop up for Rungs 0 Message Configuration Slot1_ChO_HH_Alarm_unlatch Configuration Pop Up Screen This pop up screen contains the same information for each rung except for the Object Attribute field The information in this field is as follows Rung 0 6e Rung 1 6c Rung 2 6b Rung 3 6d
66. bipolar 0 10 25V 160uV cnt 16 bits 0 5 125V 80uV cnt 16 bits 0 20 5mA 0 32uA cnt 16 bits Data Format Integer mode 2s complement Floating point IEEE 32 bit Input Impedance Voltage Current gt 1lmegQ 2490 Open Circuit Detection Time Differential voltage Positive full scale reading within 5s Single Ended Diff current Negative full scale reading within 5s Single Ended voltage Even numbered channels go to positive full scale reading within 5s odd numbered channels go to negative full scale reading within 5s Overvoltage Protection 30V dc voltage 8V dc current Normal Mode Noise Rejection gt 80dB at 50 60Hz Common Mode Noise Rejection gt 100dB at 50 60Hz Calibrated Accuracy at 25 C Better than 0 05 of range voltage Better than 0 15 of range current Input Offset Drift with Temperature 45uV degree C Gain Drift with Temperature 15 ppm degree C voltage 20 ppm degree C current Module Error over Full Temp Range 0 1 of range voltage 0 3 of range current Module Scan Time for All Channels Sample Rate Module Filter 8 pt single ended 16 488ms 4 pt differential 8 244ms User to system Dependent 2 pt differential 5 122ms Module Conversion Method Sigma Delta Isolation Voltage 100 tested at 2550 dc for 1s Module Keying Backplane Electronic RTB Screw Torque Cage clamp 4 4 inch pounds 0 4Nm RT
67. bits across 10 4V 320uV bit Data Format Integer mode Left justified 2s complement Floating point IEEE 32 bit Open Circuit Detection Current output only Output must be set to gt 0 1mA Output Overvoltage Protection 24V dc Output Short Circuit Protection Electronically current limited to 21mA or less Drive Capability gt 2000Q voltage 0 750Q current Output Settling Time lt 2ms to 95 of final value with resistive loads Calibrated Accuracy at 25 C Calibration Interval Better than 0 05 of range from 4mA to 21mA 10 4V to 10 4V Twelve months typical Output Offset Drift with Temperature 50 uV degree C typical 100nA degree C typical Gain Drift with Temperature 25 ppm degree C maximum voltage 50 ppm degree C maximum current Module Error over Full Temp Range 0 15 of range voltage 0 3 of range current Module Scan Time for all Channels 12ms minimum floating point 8ms minimum integer Isolation Voltage User to system 100 tested at 2550V dc for 1s Module Conversion Method R Ladder DAC monotonicity with no missing codes RTB Screw Torque NEMA 7 9 inch pounds 0 8 1Nm Module Keying Backplane Electronic RTB Keying User defined RTB and Housing 20 Position RTB 1756 TBNH or TBSH Environmental Conditions Operating Temperature 0 to 60 C 32 to 140 F Storage Temperature
68. channel on this page before moving to the next page Choose the channel to be configured here Set the Process Alarm trigger points here Unlatch Process Alarms here These buttons are only enabled when the module is online Disable or Latch Process and Rate Alarms here Set the Process Alarms Deadband here Set the Rate Alarm here Moving slide controls will change Click here to move Click here to accept the parameters process alarm trigger points to the next page you have configured for your module Hold the shift key down while sliding the control for easier value selection Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 10 12 Configuring the ControlLogix Analog I O Module The following screens are shown to maintain RSLogix 5000 s graphical integrity but are not necessary to initial configuration If you choose Finish on the previous screens these screens will not appear Se a A This screen appears next in the SC ooo o Die 1b wizard series of screens Itis a used during calibration but not SC a a initial configuration a a Click here to move Click here to accept the to the next page parameters you have configured for your module This screen appears last in the wizard series of screens It is used during online monitoring but not initial configuration Click here to accept the parameters you have configured for your module Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Altering the Default
69. configuration C 4 message instructions C 1 C 3 reconfiguring a 1756 IR6I module C 13 unlatching alarms in the 1756 IF6I module C 8 unlatching alarms in the 1756 OF6VI module C 11 LED Indicators for input modules 12 1 for output modules 12 2 Local Chassis using input modules 2 4 using output modules 2 8 Low Voltage Directive 1 5 M Module Fault Word 1756 IF16 module 4 10 floating point mode 4 11 integer mode 4 14 1756 IF6I module 5 8 floating point mode 5 8 5 9 integer mode 5 11 1756 IF8 module 4 15 floating point mode 4 16 4 17 integer mode 4 19 1756 IR6I and 1756 IT6I modules 6 9 floating point mode 6 9 6 10 integer mode 6 12 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules 7 5 floating point mode 7 5 7 6 integer mode 7 8 Module Filter 1756 IF16 amp 1756 IF8 modules 4 4 Module Resolution understanding its relationship with scaling and data format 3 7 Multiple Input Ranges 1756 IF16 amp 1756 IF8 modules 4 4 1756 IF6I module 5 3 1756 IR6I and 1756 IT6I modules 6 3 choosing in RSLogix 5000 10 11 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 N Network Update Time NUT P 3 for ControlNet 2 2 Notch Filter 1756 IF6I module 5 3 1756 IR6I and 1756 IT6I modules 6 3 setting in RSLogix 5000 10 11 0 Open Wire Detection 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules 7 4 Output Data Echo 2 8 Ownership 2 1 changing configuration in multiple owner controllers 2 12 multiple owners P 3 2 10 2 12 owner controll
70. description of the purpose and set up of each screen follows Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 C 4 Using Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Configuration Pop Up Screen This pop up screen provides information on what module service to perform and where to perform it For example you must use this screen to unlatch high high alarms module service on channel 0 of a 1756 IF6I module where to perform service Moccage Conhqunahen Slotl_ChO_HH_Alam_uslatch El Configuastons Communication Message Type is CIP Generic tteseefee PfiitGeure tt tsti i sS Service Code is 4b Sae efe HH Object Type is a Dbk wfs Hed Mn perei apea Object ID is 1 Dbi gt i Dessiniation Object Attribute is 6e m Hed Came Tag Ena J Eei wg Si Dore Loew Leva 0 G Ena Code M Teo Ederded Esu Cajt a a ee The following table contains information that must be entered on the configuration pop up screen to perform input module services Table C A Analog Input Modules Configuration Pop Up Screen Information Enter the following Tounlatch the To unlatch the To unlatch the To unlatch the To unlatch the high high alarm high alarm low alarm low low alarm rate alarm Service Code 4B 4B 4B 4B 4B Object Type 0A 0A 0A 0A 0A Object ID 1 6 or 1 8 1 6 or 1 8 1 6 or 1 8 1 6 or 1 8 1 6 or 1 8 Channel Number Object Attribute 6E 6C 6B 6D 6F Number of Elements
71. dita io 1 cE oe Adio loco 7 oH Praca Hat fo contre pe Colbie Darkin Gage O Celina Thermals Dine ato Tine eo 3 Click here to continue This screen shows which channels will be calibrated for a low reference and the range of that calibration Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 11 23 The low reference screen appears first E ldm10 aw i E a00 OE woe a Ba P owo om E osn am SS Click here to calibrate the low reference 4 Record the results of your measurement ee B E eor onl a re E min at measurement m amaw amo values here e eov e a f e oeo e a E awo aw a Click here to continue Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 11 24 Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules This screen displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a low reference If all channels are OK continue as shown below If any channels report an Error return to Step 4 until the status is OK Cobblestone Results Prec Plane is go onka High Aaksens eat F A0 w10 10 I IH F A 1 ii H F SCE T E 1 00 1 a F 10 be 1 1 00 aH fe tite i art l aH E TEILE 1 00 a oH Click here to continue Now you must calibrate each channel for a high reference voltage 5 Set the channels to be calibrated Cabirin aad Cate Adee fps l Frem Plane io disi ta phimbi he renee La spi F A007 mi hre 01 2045 ce Be ee This screen shows which m pamo
72. fault reporting for process alarms rate alarms and calibration faults Its tag name is ChxStatus Important Differences exist between floating point and integer modes as they relate to module fault reporting These differences are explained in the following two sections The following graphic provides an overview of the fault reporting process in floating point mode Cold J unction temperature underrange and Module Fault Word 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 overrange conditions set bits 9 amp 8 for 15 AnalogGroupFault 1756 IT6I only 14 InGroupFault ii You must monitor these conditions here 12 Calibrating 11 Cal Fault B If set any bit in the Channel Fault word also sets the Analog a ree th ate B amp Jalili n y Group Fault and Input Group Fault in the Module Fault word 1756 IR6I or 1756 IT6l i t i ry i t Ch5Fault cs ine t t A A i i the Channel Fault E ee word are set 3 Ch3Fault A channel calibration fault i 4 2 Ch2Fault sets the calibration fault in 1 Ch1Fault the Module Fault word 0 Ch0Fault An underrange overrange condition i sets appropriate Channel Fault bits i Channel Status Words One for each channel 7 ChxCalFault 3 ChxLAlarm 6 ChxUnderrange 2 ChxHAlarm 5 ChxOverrange 1 ChxLLAlarm 4 ChxRateAlarm 0 ChxHHAlarm
73. fore continuing with calibration 4 Set the channels to be calibrated 1 Choose the channels you want to calibrate here FERRERS ES 2 Choose whether you want to calibrate channels in groups or one at a time here 3 Click here to continue Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 11 28 Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules The low reference screen appears first FP On ire This screen shows which channels will be calibrated ita Mirek for a low reference and the range of that calibration Po Din res Click here to calibrate the low reference 5 Record the results of your measurement Record measurement values here Click here to continue This screen displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a low reference If all channels are OK continue as shown below If any channels report an Error return to Step 4 until the status is OK Click here to continue Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 This screen shows which channels will be calibrated for a high reference and the range of that calibration Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 11 29 Now you must calibrate each channel for a high reference voltage 6 Set the channels to be calibrated F Gm Trai F nim E Gt tree Click here to calibrate the high reference 7 Record the measurement
74. full scale reading within 5s odd numbered channels go to negative full scale reading within 5s Overvoltage Protection 30V dc voltage 8V dc current Normal Mode Noise Rejection gt 80dB at 50 60Hz Common Mode Noise Rejection gt 100dB at 50 60Hz Calibrated Accuracy at 25 C Calibration Interval Better than 0 05 of range voltage Better than 0 15 of range current Input Offset Drift with Temperature 45uV degree C Gain Drift with Temperature 15 ppm degree C voltage 20 ppm degree C current Module Error over Full Temp Range 0 1 of range voltage 0 3 of range current Module Scan Time for All Channels Sample Rate Module Filter 16 pt single ended 16 488ms 8 pt differential 8 244ms User to system Dependent 4 pt differential 5 122ms Module Conversion Method Sigma Delta Isolation Voltage 100 tested at 2550 dc for 1s Module Keying Backplane Electronic RTB Screw Torque Cage clamp 4 4 inch pounds 0 4Nm RTB Keying User defined RTB and Housing 36 Position RTB 1756 TBCH or TBS6H Environmental Conditions Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Relative Humidity 0 to 60 C 32 to 140 F 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F 5 to 95 noncondensing ConductorsWire Size 22 14 gauge 2mm stranded 3 64 inch 1 2mm insulation maximum Category 93 4 Screwdriver Width for RTB 1 8 inch 3 2mm maximum Agency Certification it
75. have multiple owners If multiple owners are connected to the same input module they must maintain identical configuration for that module Initial Configuration Input Module Configuration Data XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX Analog I O Operation Within the ControlLogix System 2 11 In the example below Controller A and Controller B have both been configured to be the owner of the input module Multiple Owners with Identical Configuration Data Controller A input Controller B Initial Configuration E E c a5 ao Input Module Configuration Data lt ConA Con B XXXXX g XXXXX a XXXXX ae O 41056 When the controllers begin downloading configuration data both try to establish a connection with the input module Whichever controller s data arrives first establishes a connection When the second controller s data arrives the module compares it to its current configuration data the data received and accepted from the first controller If the configuration data sent by the second controller matches the configuration data sent by the first controller the connection is also accepted If any parameter of the second configuration data is different from the first the module rejects the connection and the user is informed by an error in the software
76. is created the communications format cannot be changed The module must be deleted and recreated Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 10 8 Configuring the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Module Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Output Module Formats The following are possible Communications Format choices for output modules Float data owner controller sends the module only floating point output data Integer data owner controller sends the module only integer output data CST timestamped float data owner controller sends the module floating point output data and receives data echo values with a CST timestamp value CST timestamped integer data owner controller sends the module integer output data and receives data echo values with a CST timestamp value The following additional Communications Format choices are used by controllers that want to listen to an output module but not own it These choices have the same definition as similarly named choices above Listen only float data Listen only integer data Listen only CST timestamped float data Listen only CST timestamped integer data For example the screen below shows some of the choices available when you are configuring a 1756 OF6CI module in a local chassis Name Conveyor Slot 4 4 Description A Comm Format Fot Daa O CST Timestamped Float Data CST Timestamped Integer Data Float Data Integer Data Revision Listen Only CST T
77. low and high reference calibration this screen shows the status of both and allows you to finish the calibration process and return to normal operation Labtealean Wired Lanan CL oeepleled ili Thee iia bme iza r Di TEO mi Arh Emr A20 nf OH TED m Ariba i20 ri oH PEL a dt Tim izgr JH Tho my Ath Jim iza r Oi TEO mat Click here to finish calibration Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 11 18 Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules Calibrating Output Modules Output calibration is a multi step process that involves measuring a signal from the module This section has two parts Calibrating the 1756 OF6CI This module must be calibrated for current RSLogix 5000 commands the module to output specific levels of current You must measure the actual level and record the results This measurement allows the module to account for any inaccuracies While you are online you must access the modules properties page To see how to reach this page see page 10 19 Follow these steps 1 Connect your current meter to the module 2 Go to the Calibration page Click on the tab for this page m hadu Pingetian Local TE 1a 1 1 Qeraral Conmacton Module irda Configuration Chutpet Sista Lind 9 Calteation Bech plana Click here to start calibration Dh aian 1 Choose the channels you want to calibrate here Tian cimes ix lier femies Sone 11 Cairne eha Chasey ir TETJE 15 o
78. me i se ay channels will be calibrated F mia for a high reference and the E ama EL range of that calibration Click here to calibrate the high reference Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 11 25 6 Record the measurement Cobbeaton ed heggur oral Arom d Vide hisse the cuad aks Fra the paiia Ee A Record pipa measurement Aaway 0 0 22675 values here Chane 01 2745 TECE siio E iit i ID k te 10 mo ce qaa aa T Click here to continue This screen displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a high reference If all channels are OK continue as shown below If any channels report an Error return to Step 6 until the status is OK tay iin i y Attia Awi idigi y 10i ga aiea i ia 9 After you have completed both low and high reference calibration this screen shows the status of both and allows you to finish the calibration process and return to normal operation Coblestos tawa Cain jan C piem sikasir of cabria gharas hue basi l digae z A0e10 DY on BN Y T crete F ANwi0 Don oR 9 S67 of hp teeta channel F A00 DN oF 756750 z ENEN J oH Seay iig dia on BID y F Aaway oped y oe sone y Click here to finish calibration and re turn the module to normal operation Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 11 26 Calibrating the ControlL
79. module keying the removable terminal block connecting wiring assembling the removable terminal block and the housing installing the removable terminal block or interface module onto the module removing the removable terminal block from the module e removing the module from the chassis Move on to chapter 10 to learn how to configure your module What This Chapter Contains Configuring Your I O Module Chapter 10 Configuring the ControlLogix Analog I O Module This chapter describes how to configure ControlLogix analog I O modules The following table describes what this chapter contains and its location For information about See page Configuring Your I O Module 10 1 Overview of the Configuration Process 10 2 Creating a New Module 10 4 Using the Default Configuration 10 9 Altering the Default Configuration 10 10 for Input Modules Altering the Default Configuration 10 13 for Output Modules Configuring the RTD Module 10 16 Configuring the Thermocouple Module 10 17 Downloading New Configuration Data 10 18 Editing Configuration 10 19 Reconfiguring Module Parameters 10 20 in Run Mode Reconfiguring Module Parameters 10 21 in Program Mode Configuring I O Modules in a Remote 10 22 Chassis Viewing Module Tags 10 24 Chapter Summary and What s Next 10 25 You must configure your module upon installation The module will not work until it has been configured Imp
80. modules The following table describes what this chapter contains and its location For information about See page Choosing a Wiring Method 4 2 Choosing a Data Format 4 3 Features Specific to Non Isolated 4 4 Analog Input Modules Multiple Input Ranges 4 4 Module Filter 4 4 Real Time Sampling 4 5 Digital Filter 4 6 Process Alarms 4 7 Rate Alarms 4 7 Wire Off Detection 4 8 Fault and Status Reporting Between the 4 10 1756 IF16 Module and Controller 1756 IF16 Fault Reporting 4 11 in Floating Point Mode 1756 IF16 Fault Reporting in Integer Mode 4 14 Fault and Status Reporting Between the 4 15 1756 IF8 Module and Controller 1756 IF8 Fault Reporting 4 15 in Floating Point Mode 1756 IF8 Fault Reporting in Integer Mode 4 19 1756 IF16 Module Wiring Examples 4 20 and Specifications 1756 IF8 Module Wiring Examples 4 25 and Specifications Chapter Summary and What s Next 4 30 The 1756 IF16 and IF8 modules support the features described in this chapter In addition to the features described in this chapter the non isolated analog voltage current input modules support all features described in chapter 3 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 4 2 Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 1F16 IF8 Choosing a Wiring Method Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 The following table lists which additional features your non isolated analog voltag
81. moves above the configured trigger point In terms of engineering units ChOConfigAlarm REAL All inputs Forms a deadband around the process alarms which causes the Deadband corresponding process alarm status bit to remain set until the input moves beyond the trigger point by greater than the amount of the alarm deadband ChOConfigCalBias REAL All inputs A user configurable offset added directly into the data ChOData used to compensate for inherent sensor offset Ch0ConfigConfig INT All outputs Collection of channel s individual configuration bits Bits ChOConfigHoldForinit BOOL All outputs When set configures the channel to hold or not change until initialized with a value within 0 1 of full scale of its current value when one of the following conditions occurs 1 Module initial connection power up 2 Module transition from Program mode back to Run mode 3 Module reestablishes communications after fault ChOConfigRamp BOOL All outputs Enables latching for the rate alarm Latching causes the rate alarm to AlarmLatch remain set until an unlatch service is explicitly sent to the channel or alarm ChOConfigLimit BOOL All outputs Enables latching for the clamp limit alarms Latching causes the limit AlarmLatch alarms to remain set until an unlatch service is explicitly sent to the channel or alarm Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Using Software Configuration Tags B 9 Tag Name Data Type Applicable Def
82. non isolated analog current voltage 36 pin input module 1756 IR6l 6 pt isolated RTD input module 20 pin 1756 IT6l 6 pt isolated Thermocouple mV input module 20 pin 1756 0F4 4 pt non isolated analog current voltage 20 pin output module 1756 OF6CI 6 pt isolated analog current output module 20 pin 1756 OF6VI 6 pt isolated analog voltage output module 20 pin 1756 OF8 8 pt non isolated analog current voltage 20 pin output module Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 What Are ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 1 3 Features of the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules ControlLogix I O Module ControlBus Connector i 3 Removable C Indicators gt ERE Traa o i kaz r D o o HD Ol ee qd Cl a Conector gt 2 Ins pe LS SIT Ia fol the RTB ND ee one ee ID Cl D o o a OS 40200 M ControlBus connector The backplane interface for the ControlLogix system connects the module to the ControlBus backplane Connectors pins Input output power and grounding connections are made to the module through these pins with the use of an RTB Locking tab The locking tab anchors the RTB on the module ma
83. onto the Module Installing the ControlLogix 1 0 Module 9 7 Install the RTB onto the module to connect wiring ATTENTION Shock hazard exists If the RTB is installed onto the module while the field side power is applied the RTB will be electrically live Do not touch the RTB s terminals Failure to observe this caution may cause personal injury The RTB is designed to support Removal and Insertion Under Power RIUP However when you remove or insert an RTB with field side power applied unintended machine motion or loss of process control can occur Exercise extreme caution when using this feature It is recommended that field side power be removed before installing the RTB onto the module Before installing the RTB make certain field side wiring of the RTB has been completed the RTB housing is snapped into place on the RTB the RTB housing door is closed the locking tab at the top of the module is unlocked j Align the top bottom and left side guides of the RTB with matching guides on the module Module 2 Press quickly and evenly to seat the RTB on the module until the latches snap into place Locking tab 20854 M 3 Slide the locking tab down to lock the RTB onto the module Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 9 8 Installing the ControlLogix I O Module Removing the Removable Terminal Block from the Module Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 If you need to remove the module f
84. shown below 10 5V range 0 to 10 5V range 0 to 5 25V range 0 21mA range 343yuV count 171yV count 86uV count 0 34uA count Data Format Integer mode 2s complement Floating point IEEE 32 bit Input Impedance gt 10MQ Voltage 249 Current Open Circuit Detection Time Positive full scale reading within 5s Overvoltage Protection 120V ac dc Voltage ranges 8V ac dc with on board current resistor Current Ranges Normal Mode Noise Rejection 60dB at 60Hz Common Mode Noise Rejection 120dB at 60Hz 100dB at 50Hz Channel Bandwidth 15Hz 3dB Settling Time to 5 of Full Scale lt 80ms Calibrated Accuracy at 25 C Calibration Interval Better than 0 1 of range 12 months typical Input Offset Drift with Temperature 2uV degree C typical Gain Drift with Temperature 35 ppm degree C typical 80 ppm maximum Voltage 45 ppm degree C typical 90 ppm maximum Current Module Error over Full Temp Range 0 54 of range Minimum Module Scan Time for all Channels Sample Rate 25ms minimum floating point 10ms minimum integer Isolation Voltage Channel to channel User to system Optoisolated transformer isolated 100 tested at 1700V dc for 1s based on 250V ac 100 tested at 1700V dc for 1s based on 250V ac Module Conversion Method Sigma Delta RTB Screw Torque NEMA 7 9 inch pounds 0 8 1Nm Module Keying Backplane Electronic RT
85. the I O connection have been met For example you may want to unlatch all process alarms on the module but real time control of your process is still occurring using the input value from that same channel Because the input value is critical to your application the module prioritizes the sampling of inputs ahead of the unlatch service request Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 C 2 Using Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Creating a New Tag Double click here to enter the Main Routine After adding a message instruction to a rung you must create a tag for the message instruction 1 Right click on the question mark to see this pull down menu 2 Click here to Create a Tag Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 This prioritization allows input channels to be sampled at the same frequency and the process alarms to be unlatched in the time between sampling and producing the real time input data One Service Performed Per Instruction Message instructions will only cause a module service to be performed once per execution For example if a message instruction sends a service to the module to unlatch the high high alarm on a particular channel that channel s high high alarm will unlatch but may be set on a subsequent channel sample The message instruction must then be reexecuted to unlatch the alarm a second time This ladder logic is written in the Main Routine section of RSLogi
86. the following screen shows the configuration page for the 1756 IF6I module while it is in Run Mode i Modul Proparin Lecat 3 ft Soir Be i j inga Flange movie Caiit Biri Hatch Filer Dingell F etc 2 Click here to transfer the new Click here to transfer the new data and close the screen data and keep the screen open When you try to download new configuration data to the module the following warning appears Lhalire mH corgu ahen change Apple the changes sy che raids pongi d i Dagat Mulbeoninole gaara li hao oe noe ooien ase chaning Hh rodus apparatens hareme bebo oe Gould afloat Che op af hep aden To peewee theo changes bom aflechng tha option of othe renin Canaan iP the grobi fee MOTE Linteesonkr coneccion fare other conbollens nay ba Harter bey inibabaig Bae ronner bn init comeechon hates appin conguna change C cot nw Important If you change the configuration for a module you must consider whether the module has more than one owner controller If so be sure each owner has exactly the same configuration data as the others For more information on changing configuration in a module with multiple owner controllers see page 2 12 Configuring the ControlLogix Analog I O Module 10 21 Reconfiguring Module Change the module from Run Mode to Program Mode before changing Parameters in Program Mode configuration in the Program Mode o RSLogix 5000 User_doc File Edit View Search Logic Communi
87. the signal moves below the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain set as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband ChxLLAlarm Bit 1 This bit is set when the input signal moves beneath the configured Low Low Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves above the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain latched as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband ChxHHAlarm Bit 0 This bit is set when the input signal moves above the configured High High Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves below the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain latched as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 6 12 Temperature Measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6 amp 1756 IT6I 1756 IR6I and 1756 IT6I Fault Reporting in Integer Mode Module Fault Word 15 AnalogGroupFault 14 InGroupFault 12 Calibrating 11 Cal Fault 9 amp 8 CJ UnderOver 13 amp 10 are not used by 1756 IR6I or IT6l Channel Fault Word 5 Ch5Fault 4 Ch4Fault 3 Ch3Fault 2 Ch2Fault 1 Chl Fault 0 ChOFault Channel Status Words 15 ChOUnderrange 14
88. to occur When an open wire condition occurs at any channel a status bit is set for that channel For more information on the use of status bits see page 7 5 Clamping Limiting Clamping limits the output from the analog module to remain within a range configured by the controller even when the controller commands an output outside that range This safety feature sets a high clamp and a low clamp Once clamps are determined for a module any data received from the controller that exceeds those clamps sets an appropriate limit alarm and transitions the output to that limit but not beyond the requested value For example an application may set the high clamp on a module for 8V and the low clamp for 8V If a controller sends a value corresponding to 9V to the module the module will only apply 8V to its screw terminals Clamping alarms can be disabled or latched on a per channel basis Important Clamping is only available in floating point mode To see how to set the clamping limits see page 10 15 Clamp Limit Alarms This function works directly with clamping When a module receives a data value from the controller that exceeds clamping limits it applies signal values to the clamping limit but also sends a status bit to the controller notifying it that the value sent exceeds the clamping limits Using the example above if a module has clamping limits of 8V and 8V but then receives data to apply 9V only 8V is applied to the sc
89. whole or in part without written permission of the Allen Bradley Company is prohibited Throughout this manual we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations ATTENTION Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you e identify a hazard e avoid the hazard recognize the consequences Important Identifies information that is especially important for successful application and understanding of the product ControlLogix is a trademark of the Allen Bradley Company Inc Introduction New Information Summary of Changes This release of this document contains new information Chapter 4 contains information on ControlLogix non isolated analog input modules Chapter 7 contains information on ControlLogix non isolated analog output modules Appendix B now contains ladder logic that provide examples of how to do the following e Unlatch low and high limit alarms on analog input modules e Unlatch low high limit and ramp alarms on analog output modules Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Notes Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 What This Preface Contains Who Should Use This Manual Purpose of This Manual Preface About This User Manual This preface describes how to use this manual The following table describes what this preface contains and its location F
90. wires are disconnected from the 1756 IT6I module in millivolt applications the following occurs e input data for the channel changes to the scaled value associated with the overrange signal value of the selected operational range in floating point mode maximum possible scaled value or 32 767 counts in integer mode e the ChxOverrange x channel number tag is set to 1 For more information about tags in the tag editor see Appendix B Fault and Status Reporting Between the 1756 IR6I and 1756 IT61 Modules and Controllers 1756 IR6I and 1756 IT6I Fault Reporting in Floating Point Mode Temperature Measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I amp 1756 IT61 6 9 The 1756 IR6I and IT6I modules multicast status fault data to the owner listening controller with its channel data The fault data is arranged in such a manner as to allow the user to choose the level of granularity he desires for examining fault conditions Three levels of tags work together to provide increasing degree of detail as to the specific cause of faults on the module The following tags can be examined in ladder logic to indicate when a fault has occurred e Module Fault Word This word provides fault summary reporting Its tag name is ModuleFaults e Channel Fault Word This word provides underrange overrange and communications fault reporting Its tag name is ChannelFaults e Channel Status Words This word provides individual channel underrange and overrange
91. word f imi t 6 5 f tf 4 channels used in Diff wiring 2 channels used in H S Diff wiring All start at bit 0 Channel Status Words One for each channel 7 ChxCalFault 3 ChxLAlarm 6 ChxUnderrange 2 ChxHAlarm 5 ChxOverrange 1 ChxLLAlarm 4 ChxRateAlarm 0 ChxHHAlarm Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 A channel calibration fault sets the calibration fault in the Module Fault word 4 3 2 1 0 A A i An underrange overrange condition sets appropriate Channel Fault bits l l l I l l l l l l l l l 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Alarm bits 0 4 in the Channel Status word do not set additional bits at any higher level You must monitor these conditions here The number of channel status words is dependent on the wiring format used 41514 1756 IF8 Module Fault Word Bits in Floating Point Mode 1756 IF8 Channel Fault Word Bits in Floating Point Mode Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 IF8 4 17 Bits in this word provide the highest level of fault detection A nonzero condition in this word reveals that a fault exists on the module You can examine further down to isolate the fault The following tags can be examined in ladder logic to indicate when a fault has oc
92. 0 Using Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration c 9 The screen below shows the Configuration pop up for Rung 5 Message Configuration Slot2_Ch0_High_Limit_unlatch Configuration Communication Message Type CIP Generic X Service Code ab Hes Source x Object Type fb Hex Num Of Elements fo Bytes Object ID fi Destination hnd Object Attribute fer Hex Create Tag O Enable Enable Waiting Start Done Error Code Done Length 0 I Timed Out Extended Error Code Cancel Reconfiguring a 1756 IR6I Module It is sometimes advantageous to change the functional operation of a module in the ControlLogix system automatically via the user program rather than using RSLogix5000 software to reconfigure it This way changes in the process can dictate when the reconfiguration should take place rather than the user performing that function manually The following steps are used in this example when reconfiguring a module via ladder are 1 Moving new configuration parameters to the Configuration portion of the Tag Structure associated with the module 2 Using the Message instruction to send a Reset Module service to the same module to trigger sending the configuration data Before the new configuration parameters are sent to the module the user must make sure that their relationship to each other is in a format the module will accept see ta
93. 0 20 08 11 3 Calibrating the 1756 IF16 or 1756 IF8 Modules 11 3 Calibrating the 1756 IF6I Module 11 7 Calibrating the 1756 IR6I 000 11 12 Calibrating the 1756 IT6I 004 11 15 Calibrating Output Modules 000000005 11 18 Calibrating the 1756 OF6CI 00 11 18 Calibrating the 1756 OF6VI 00 11 22 Calibrating the 1756 OF4 or 1756 OF8 Modules 11 26 Chapter Summary and What s Next 00 11 30 Chapter 12 Using Module Indicators to Troubleshoot Your Module 12 1 Using RSLogix 5000 to Troubleshoot Your Module 12 3 Determining Fault Type 0 0000 00005 12 4 Chapter Summary and What s Next 00 12 4 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 vi Module Specifications Using Software Configuration Tags Using Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Power Supply Sizing Chart Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Appendix A 1756 IF16 Specifications iu cei ng Soe eee ee ow eee A 2 1756 IF6I Speciicalionss yi i0 hea 2 pe See ee A 3 1756 IF8 Specifications 2 2 20h ow bee eae ee eS A 4 1756 IR6I Specifications 2 oa 2 ene see ee a8 A 5 1756 IT6I Specifications 0 0 0 0 eee eee A 6 1756 OF4 Specifications 0 cece eee ees A 7 1756 OF6CI Specifications 0 00 00 2 eee A 8 1756 OF8 Specification
94. 0 bytes 0 bytes 0 bytes 0 bytes 0 bytes 1 The 1756 IF16 module does not have any unlatchable features in the 16 channel mode Important For input or output modules the Object Attribute determines which alarm feature for the selected channel to unlatch If this field is left blank all alarms for the selected channel will be unlatched You must send separate message instructions to control specific alarms on each channel of the module Also Object ID represents channel number For the 1756 IF6I 1756 IR6I and 1756 IT6I modules channels 0 5 are represented by Object ID 1 6 For the 1756 IF16 in differential mode only and 1756 IF8 modules channels 0 7 are represented by Object ID 1 8 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Using Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration C 5 The following table contains information that must be entered on the configuration pop up screen to perform output module services Table C B Analog Output Modules Configuration Pop Up Screen Information Enter the following Tounlatch the To unlatch the To unlatch the high alarm low alarm ramp alarm Service Code 4B 4B 4B Object Type 0B 0B 0B Object ID 1 6 or 1 8 1 6 or 1 8 1 6 or 1 8 Channel Number Object Attribute 6F 6E 70 Number of Elements 0 bytes 0 bytes 0 bytes Communications Pop Up Screen This pop up screen provides information on the path of the message instruction For example the slot numb
95. 10 Click here to continue Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 11 20 Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules Now you must calibrate each channel for a high reference voltage 5 Set the channels to be calibrated F dio mA mom F jaa 00 This screen shows which Fae am channels will be calibrated lonaies 00 ei for a high reference and the E en ae range of that calibration e Click here to calibrate the high reference 6 Record the measurement re ee F ootom ma oo Fa Record TS F obim M0 mae measurement Se values here F onmm me onma ao aN F anna ae a Click here to continue Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 11 21 This screen displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a high reference If all channels are OK continue as shown below If any channels report an Error return to Step 6 until the status is OK Cabir phun ean Pendle Pren Har io omiaa F Oo r Pode z I E btm Hii T H E dbHr 7D Bote OM FF Owain Eai Ez JH E dome H iH E to a g Click here to continue After you have completed both low and high reference calibration this screen shows the status of both and allows you to finish the calibration process and return to normal operation Cabiran tiya Can Corepleted aitasir ci calazisd ohara has bas p dingi i z Ota 0 ri IEN et
96. 1F16 IF8 1756 IF8 Differential Voltage Wiring Example 4 Channels Channel 0 Srey eae e l2 1 i RTN 0 IN 1 Tep 4 3 Gp fi RTN 2 7 IN 2 Tale 5 i RTN 2 Shield groun IN 3 oe 7 i RTN 3 RTN J 9 RTN IN 4 21y i RTN 4 Channel 3 IN 5 a tats a i RTN 5 IN 6 El 15 GD iRTN 6 IN 7 Ay 18 17 4 i RTN 7 Not used 20 19 Not used Shield groun Not used 22 2116 Not used Not used lu 23 G Not used Not used 26 25 Not used Not used Gj 28 27 Not used Not used E 2 291 Not used Not used 32 31 Not used Not used E 34 33 Not used Notused G 36 35 D Not used 40913 M NOTES Use the following chart when wiring your module in differential mode This Uses these channel terminals Channel 0O IN 0 amp IN 1 Channel1 IN 2 amp IN 3 Channel2 IN 4 amp IN 5 Channel 3 IN 6 amp IN 7 All terminals marked RTN are connected internally If multiple or multiple terminals are tied together connect that tie point to a RTN terminal to maintain the module s accuracy Terminals marked RTN or iRTN are not used for differential voltage wiring Important When operating in 2 channel high speed mode only use channels 0 2 Publication 1
97. 5 E Low and High Signal Limits on the Isolated Input Module Input module Available range Lowestsignal Highest signal in range in range 1756 IF6l 10V 10 54688V 10 54688V OV 10V OV 10 54688V OV 5V OV 5 27344V OmA 20mA OmA 21 09376mA Amplitude Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF61 5 5 Digital Filter The digital filter smooths input data noise transients on each input channel This value specifies the time constant for a digital first order lag filter on the input It is specified in units of milliseconds A value of 0 disables the filter The digital filter equation is a classic first order lag equation A t Yn Yn 1 __ x Y 1 atata n gt Yd Yn present output filtered peak voltage PV Yn 1 previous output filtered PV At module channel update time seconds TA digital filter time constant seconds Xn present input unfiltered PV Using a step input change to illustrate the filter response as shown below you can see that when the digital filter time constant elapses 63 2 of the total response is reached Each additional time constant achieves 63 2 of the remaining response 100 Unfiltered input TA 0 01 sec TA 0 5 sec TSSA TA 0 99 sec k 16723 0 0 01 0 5 0 99 Time in Seconds Important The digital filter is only available in applications using floating point mode Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998
98. 6 I 1 1 x General Connection Module Info Configuration Output State Limits Calibration Backplane r Identification Vendor Faults and the Internal State of the module Status line provides information on the connection to the module A fault has occurred for any point that lists the number 1 in the Fault line Revision 1 4 Serial Number 0 m Status AlterrBradiey Co gt Major Fault Product Type Multi Channel Analog Minor Fault Product Code 1756 OF6 1 Internal State Configured Product Name 1756 OF BVI 7A OOOO Owned Module Identity None None Run mode Float config Yes Yes r Coordinated System Time CST Timer Hardware Ok Timer Sync ed No Refresh Status Faulted Cancel Apply Help Notification in Tag Editor Canines Taga Uim dodje ILLIL JEU ILEI LL En 1 Deom 1 Decreal Ina Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 12 4 Troubleshooting The fault type is listed here Chapter Summary and What s Next Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Determining Fault Type When you are monitoring a module s configuration properties in RSLogix 5000 and receive a Communications fault message the Connection page lists the type of fault For a detailed listing of the possible faults their causes and suggested solutions see Module Table Faults in the online help In this chapter you learned about t
99. 6 5 9 November 1998 A 6 Module Specifications Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 1756 IT6I Specifications Number of Inputs 6 individually isolated channels Module Location 1756 ControlLogix Chassis Backplane Power Requirements No external power requirements 250mA 5 1V dc amp 125mA 24V dc 4 3W Power Dissipation within Module 4 3W Thermal Dissipation 14 66 BTU hr Input Ranges 12mV to 78mV 12mV to 30mV high resolution range Supported Thermocouple Types B C E J K N R S T Linearization based on ITS 90 Resolution 16 bits 1 4uV typical 0 7uV count on high resolution range Data Format Integer mode 2s complement Floating point IEEE 32 bit Input Impedance gt 10MQ Open Circuit Detection Time Positive full scale reading within 2s Overvoltage Protection 120V ac dc maximum Normal Mode Noise Rejection 60dB at 60Hz Common Mode Noise Rejection 120dB at 60Hz 100dB at 50Hz Channel Bandwidth 15Hz Settling Time to 5 of Full Scale lt 80ms Calibrated Accuracy at 25 C Calibration Interval Better than 0 1 of range 12 months typical Accuracy Cold J unction Sensor Local C Sensor Uncertainty Remote C Sensor From 0 3 up to 3 2 C depending on channel 0 3 C Input Offset Drift with Temperature 0 5yuV degree C typical Gain Drift with Temperature 65 ppm degree C typical 80 ppm maximu
100. 6 OF4 Module Wiring Examples and Specifications 7 9 1756 OF8 Module Wiring Examples and Specifications 7 11 Chapter Summary and What s Next 00 7 13 Chapter 8 Choosing a Data Format 0 0 0 eee ee eee 8 2 Features Specific to Analog Output Modules 8 3 Rampine Rate Limiting 24 224 jueee Se eae eae 8 3 Hold for Initialization 2 2 0 0 eee ee eee eee 8 3 Clamping Limiting s o0 aioe Soe es eae SRE SSS eee 8 4 Clamp Limit Alarms 004 e eee e eee eeeee 8 4 Data BONOly chu ings tee eee E e KER ees 8 4 Fault and Status Reporting Between the 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI Modules and Controllers 8 5 1756 OF6CI Module Wiring Examples and Specifications 8 9 1756 OF6VI Module Wiring Examples and Specifications 8 11 Chapter Summary and What s Next 00 8 13 Chapter 9 Installing the ControlLogix I O Module 9 1 Keying the Removable Terminal Block 9 2 COnMe CINE WIFI 2 2 30 ern aa oe Ae iS IA AES fg oo 9 3 Connect Grounded End of the Cable 9 3 Connect Ungrounded End of the Cable 9 4 Assembling The Removable Terminal Block and the Housing 9 6 Installing the Removable Terminal Block onto the Module 9 7 Removing the Removable Terminal Block from the Module 9 8 Removing the Module from the Chassis 9 9 Chapter Summary and What s Next
101. 6 OF4 module uses bits 0 3 and the 1756 OF 8 uses bits 0 7 Checking this word for a nonzero condition is a quick way to check for these conditions on a channel The following conditions set all Channel Fault word bits e A channel is being calibrated in this case the 1756 OF4 module sets the bits to display OOOF and the 1756 OF8 module sets the bits to display OOFFP e A communications fault occurred between the module and its owner controller In this case the bits are set by the controller and set to display FFFP Your application s logic should monitor the Channel Fault bit for a particular output if you either e enable output clamping or e checking for a open wire condition 0 20mA configuration only Channel Status Words Bits in Floating Point Mode Non solated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 amp 1756 OF8 7 7 Any of the Channel Status words 4 words for 1756 OF4 and 8 words for 1756 OF8 one for each channel will display a nonzero condition if that particular channel has faulted for the conditions listed below Some of these bits set bits in other Fault words When the High or Low Limit Alarm bits bits 1 amp 0 in any of the words are set the appropriate bit is set in the Channel Fault word When the Calibration Fault bit bit 4 is set in any of the words the Calibration Fault bit bit 11 is set in the Module Fault word e ChxOpenWire Bit 7 This bit is set only if the co
102. 6I amp 1756 IT61 Choosing a Data Format Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 The following table lists which additional features your temperature measuring modules support and the page of description of each feature Table 6 A Features Supported by Temperature Measuring Modules Feature Page of description Removal and Insertion Under Power RIUP 3 2 Module Fault Reporting 3 2 Fully Software Configurable 3 2 Electronic Keying 3 3 Timestamping 3 4 Producer Consumer Model 3 4 LED Status Information 3 5 Full Class Division 2 Compliance 3 5 Multiple Choices of Data Type 3 6 On Board Calibration 3 5 Alarm Latching 3 6 Scaling 3 9 Data format determines the features that are available to your application You can choose one of the two following data formats e Integer mode e Floating point mode The following table shows which features are available in each format Table 6 B Features Available in Each Data Format Data format Features available Features not available Integer mode Multiple input ranges Temperature values Notch filter Process alarms Real time sampling Digital filtering Cold J unction Temperature Rate alarms 1756 IT6I only Floating All features N A point mode Important Integer mode does not support temperature conversion on temperature measuring modules If you choose integer mode the 1756 IR6I is strictly an ohms Q module and the 1756 IT6I is
103. 7 1MQ count 2Q 1000Q 15mQ count 4Q 2000Q 30mQ count 8Q 4020Q 60mQ2 count 1756 IT6I 12mV 30mV 16 bits 0 7uV count 12mV 78mV 1 5uV count 1756 OF4 OF8 10 4V 16 bits 320uV count OmA 21mA 15 bits 0 65uA count 1756 OF6VI 10 5V 14 bits 1 3mV 1756 OF6CI OmA 21mA 13 bits 2 7 uA Important Because these modules must allow for possible calibration inaccuracies resolution values represent the available Analog to Digital or Digital to Analog counts over the specified range Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 3 8 ControlLogix Analog I O Module Features Module resolution Module scaling Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Scaling With scaling you change a quantity from one notation to another For ControlLogix analog I O modules scaling is only available with the floating point data format When you scale a module you must choose two points along the module s operating range and apply low and high values to those points For example if you are using the 1756 IF6I module in current mode the module maintains a OmA to 21mA range capability But your application may use a4mA to 20mA transmitter You can scale the module to represent 4mA as the low signal and 20mA as the high signal Scaling causes the module to return data to the controller so that 4mA returns a value of 0 in engineering units and 20mA returns a value of 100 in engineering units Module Resolution Compared to Module Scaling O
104. 756 6 5 9 November 1998 Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 IF8 4 23 1756 IF16 Single Ended Voltage Wiring Example P a ci IN 2 Shield ground IN 3 Shield ground ____ IN 10 i RTN 0 i RTN 1 1 iRTN 2 i RTN 3 i RTN 4 i RTN 7 My My Wy wy i RTN 8 g i RTN 9 RTN 10 q i RTN 11 a i RTN 12 i RTN 13 N 14 DD Dy DY Dy ey ogi z i RTN 15 E E 40915 M NOTES All terminals marked RTN are connected internally Terminals marked iRTN are not used for single ended voltage wiring Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 4 24 Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 1F16 IF8 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 1756 1F16 Specifications Number of Inputs 16 single ended 8 differential or 4 differential high speed Module Location 1756 ControlLogix Chassis Backplane Current 150mA 5 1V dc amp 65mA 24V dc 2 33W Power Dissipation within Module 2 3W voltage 3 9W current Thermal Dissipation 7 84 BTU hr voltage 13 30 BTU hr current Input Range and Resolution 10 25V 320uV cnt 15 bits plus sign bipolar 0 10 25V 160uV c
105. 756 6 5 9 November 1998 Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 IF8 4 27 1756 IF8 Single Ended Current Wiring Example oo eT pi N 0 N 1 Shield ground ae N 3 N 4 N 5 N 6 N 7 Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used 2 Wire Aig E Transmitter 7 _ NOTES All terminals marked RTN are connected internally ony Owe 11 13 15 17 apgaBsEeBaBe 19 Doa 21 23 25 nara 27 29 My Wy 31 33 35 cee E i RTN 0 i RTN 1 i RTN 3 RTN i RTN 6 i RTN 7 Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used 40914 M Rma i RTN 5 iRTN 2 lt 7 Jumper wires For current applications all terminals marked iRTN must be wired to terminals marked RTN A 249Q current loop resistor is located between IN x and i RTN x terminals Place additional loop devices e g strip chart recorders etc at the A location Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 4 28 Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 1F16 IF8 1756 IF8 Single Ended Voltage Wiring Example
106. 756 IF6l Choosing a Data Format Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 The following table lists which additional features your isolated analog voltage current input module supports and the page of the description of each feature Table 5 A Additional Features Supported by the 1756 IF6 Module Feature Page of description Removal and Insertion Under Power RIUP 3 2 Module Fault Reporting 3 2 Fully Software Configurable 3 2 Electronic Keying 3 3 Timestamping 3 4 Producer Consumer Model 3 4 LED Status Information 3 5 Full Class Division 2 Compliance 3 5 Multiple Choices of Data Format 3 6 On Board Calibration 3 5 Alarm Latching 3 6 Scaling 3 9 Data format determines the format of the data returned from the module to the owner controller and the features that are available to your application You can choose one of the two following data formats e Integer mode e Floating point mode The following table shows which features are available in each format Table 5 B Features Available in Each Data Format Data format Features available Features not available Integer mode Multiple input ranges Digital filtering Notch filter Process alarms Real time sampling Rate alarms Scaling Floating point All features N A mode Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF61 5 3 Features Specific to Isolated The following features are available on ControlLogix isola
107. 998 Chapter 5 Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6l What This Chapter Contains This chapter describes features specific to ControlLogix isolated analog voltage current input module The following table describes what this chapter contains and its location For information about See page Choosing a Data Format 5 2 Features Specific to Isolated 5 3 Analog Input Modules Multiple Input Ranges 5 3 Notch Filter 5 3 Digital Filter 5 5 Real Time Sampling 5 4 Process Alarms 5 6 Rate Alarms 5 6 Wire Off Detection 5 7 Fault and Status Reporting Between the 5 8 Module and the Owner Controller Fault Reporting in Floating Point Mode 5 8 Module Fault Word Bits in Floating 5 9 Point Mode Channel Fault Word Bits in Floating 5 9 Point Mode Channel Status Word Bits in Floating 5 10 Point Mode Fault Reporting in Integer Mode 5 11 Module Fault Word Bits in Integer Mode 5 11 Channel Fault Word Bits in Integer Mode 5 11 Channel Status Word Bits in Integer Mode 5 11 Module Wiring Examples and Specifications 5 12 Chapter Summary and What s Next 5 15 The 1756 IF6I module supports the features described in this chapter In addition to the features described in this chapter the isolated analog voltage current input module supports all features described in chapter 3 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 5 2 Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1
108. Analog input modules in the ControlLogix system are not polled by a controller once a connection is established The modules multicast their data periodically Multicast frequency depends on the options chosen during configuration and where in the control system that input module physically resides An input module s communication or multicasting behavior varies depending upon whether it operates in the local chassis or in a remote chassis The following sections detail the differences in data transfers between these set ups When a module resides in the same chassis as the owner controller the following two configuration parameters will affect how and when the input module multicasts data e Real Time Sample RTS e Requested Packet Interval RPI Real Time Sample RTS This configurable parameter instructs the module to perform the following operations 1 scan all of its input channels and store the data into on board memory 2 multicast the updated channel data as well as other status data to the backplane of the local chassis aa On Board Memory E 1 E E Status Data Channel Data Ch 0 Channel Data Chl 2 Channel Data Ch2 d Channel Data Ch 3 Channel Data Ch 4 Channel Data Ch 5 Timestamp l I 41361 Important
109. B Keying User defined Field Wiring Arm and Housing 20 Position RTB 1756 TBNH or TBSH 2 Environmental Conditions Operating Temperature 0 to 60 C 32 to 140 F Storage Temperature 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Relative Humidity 5 to 95 noncondensing Conductors Wire Size 22 14 gauge 2mm stranded 2 3 64 inch 1 2mm insulation maximum Category 93 4 Screwdriver Width for RTB 5 16 inch 8mm maximum Agency Certification Oy when product or packaging 5 is marked Gie Class Div 2 Hazardous Fm Class Div 2 Hazardous mim E marked for all applicable directives 1 These specifications are notch filter dependent 2 Maximum wire size will require extended housing 1756 TBE 3 Use conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system level installation manual 4 Refer to publication 1770 4 1 Programmable Controller Wiring and Grounding Guidelines 5 FM approved Class l Division 2 Group A B Shielded cable required a CSA certification Class Division 2 Group A B C D or nonhazardous locations C D or nonhazardous locations Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF61 5 15 Chapter Summary In this chapter you learned about features specific to the and What s Next 1756 IF6I module Move on to chapter 6 to learn about features specific to temperature measuring analog modules Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 5 16 Iso
110. B Keying User defined RTB and Housing 36 Position RTB 1756 TBCH or TBS6H Environmental Conditions Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Relative Humidity 0 to 60 C 32 to 140 F 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F 5 to 95 noncondensing ConductorsWire Size 22 14 gauge 2mm stranded 3 64 inch 1 2mm insulation maximum Category 93 4 Screwdriver Width for RTB 1 8 inch 3 2mm maximum Agency Certification it when product or packaging is marked Gi Class Div 2 Hazardous Fm Class Div 2 Hazardous mri C marked for all applicable directives This specification is module filter dependent Maximum wire size will require extended hou sing 1756 TBE Use conductor category information for plann Refer to publication 1770 4 1 Programmab UrRWwnNne FM approved Class l Division 2 Group A B Shielded cable required a CSA certification Class Division 2 Group A ing conductor routing as described n the system level installation manual e Controller Wiring and Grounding Guidelines B C D or nonhazardous locations C D or nonhazardous locations 1756 IR6I Specifications Module Specifications A 5 Number of Inputs 6 individually isolated channels Module Location 1756 ControlLogix Chassis Backplane Power Requirements No external power requirements 250mA 5 1V dc amp 125mA 24V dc 4 25W Power Dissipation within Module Th
111. CalFault Bit 7 This bit is set if an error occurs during calibration for that channel This bit also sets bit 11 in the Module Fault word UnderRange Bit 6 This bit is set when the input signal at the channel is less than or equal to the minimum detectable signal For more information on the minimum detectable signal for each module see Table 3 3 on page 3 9 This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word OverRange Bit 5 This bit is set when the input signal at the channel is greater than or equal to the maximum detectable signal For more information on the maximum detectable signal for each module see Table 3 3 on page 3 9 This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word ChxRateAlarm Bit 4 This bit is set when the input channel s rate of change exceeds the configured Rate Alarm parameter It remains set until the rate of change drops below the configured rate If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched ChxLAlarm Bit 3 This bit is set when the input signal moves beneath the configured Low Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves above the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain set as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband ChxHAlarm Bit 2 This bit is set when the input signal moves above the configured High Alarm limit It remains set until
112. Ch6Fault j 13 Ch13Fault 5 Ch5Fault 12 Ch12Fault 4 Ch4Fault 15 11 Ch11Fault 3 Ch3Fault 10 Ch10Fault 2 Ch2Fault 9 Ch9Fault 1 Chl Fault 8 Ch8Fault 0 ChOFault 16 channels used in S E wiring 8 channels used in Diff wiring 4 channels used in H S Diff wiring All start at bit 0 Channel Status Word 31 ChOUnderrange 30 ChOOverrange 29 Chl Underrange 28 Chl Overrange 27 Ch2Underrange 26 Ch2Overrange 25 Ch3Underrange 17 Ch7Underrange 24 Ch30verrange 16 Ch7Overrange 16 channels used in S E wiring 8 channels used in Diff wiring 4 channels used in H S Diff wiring All start at bit 31 23 Ch4Underrange 22 Ch4Overrange 21 Ch5Underrange 20 Ch50verrange 19 Ch6Underrange 18 Ch6Overrange 1756 IF16 Module Fault Word Bits in Integer Mode 1756 IF16 Channel Fault Word Bits in Integer Mode Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 15 Ch8Underrange 14 Ch80verrange 13 Ch9Underrange 12 Ch9Overrange 11 Chl0Underrange 10 Chl0verrange 9 C11Underrange 8 Ch110verrange 7 Ch12Underrange 6 Ch120verrange 5 Ch13Underrange 4 Ch130verrange 3 Ch14Underrange 2 Ch140verrange 1 Ch15Underrange 0 Ch150verrange Underrange and overrange conditions set the corresponding Channel Fault word bit for that channel 41513 In integer mode
113. Configuration for Output Modules Adjust the Requested Packet Interval here Inhibit the connection to the module here If you want a Major Fault on the Controller to occur if there is connection failure with the I O module while in Run Mode click here This screen is used during online monitoring but not initial configuration Configuring the ControlLogix Analog I O Module 10 13 If you write specific configuration and click on Next you see the series of wizard screens that enable you to configure the module This example shows the process for output modules Although each screen maintains importance during online monitoring some of the screens that appear during this initial module configuration process are blank They are shown here to maintain the graphical integrity of RSLogix 5000 To see these screens in use see Appendix A After the naming page this series of screens appears m Rew Mndole Locate 17S et 14 Fi K fet 7 D gt FED H Hi Feud Oi Londak 11 Corne Faki Hodia Fak m This Fault box is empty during initial configuration If a fault occurs during normal operation the type of fault will be displayed here Dance Back Fired y Hee j Click here to move to the next page Hide Larata 175 0 1 A Click here to move to the next page Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 10 14 Configuring the ControlLogix Analog I O Module The configuration page appears next For example this s
114. Controller Wiring and Grounding Guidelines B C D or nonhazardous locations C D or nonhazardous locations Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 A 8 Module Specifications Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 1756 OF6CI Specifications Number of Outputs 6 individually isolated channels Module Location 1756 ControlLogix Chassis Backplane Power Requirements No external power requirements 250mA 5 1V dc amp 225mA 24V dc 0 550 loads terminated on OUTs and RTNs 6 7W 250mA 5 1V dc amp 300mA 24V dc 551 1000Q loads terminated on OUTs and ALTs 8 5W Power Dissipation within Module Thermal Dissipation 5 5W 0 550Q loads 6 1W 551 1000Q loads 18 76 BTU hr 0 550Q loads 20 80 BTU hr 551 1000Q loads Output Current Range 0 to 21mA Current Resolution 13 bits across 21mA 2 7pA Data Format Integer mode Left justified 2s complement Floating point IEEE 32 bit Open Circuit Detection None Output Overvoltage Protection 24V ac dc maximum Output Short Circuit Protection Electronically current limited to 21mA or less Drive Capability 0 1000Q Separate field terminations for ranges 0 550Q or 551 1000Q Output Settling Time lt 2ms to 95 of final value with resistive loads Calibrated Accuracy at 25 C Calibration Interval Better than 0 1 of range from 4mA to 21mA 12 months typical Output Offset Drift with
115. Fi ig cote 2 Choose whether you want to calibrate channels in groups or one at a time here 3 Click here to continue The low reference screen appears first Vek ba dors Ft ed ae Hebetea ie T i pees deet Loe PaE A is ep ie bop This screen shows which Eset i i ee channels will be calibrated a ee for a low reference and the range of that calibration Franr Heed io rima crikayim It also shows what refer ence signal is expected on the input EEEE E E a Click here to return to the last screen Click here to calibrate and make any necessary changes the low reference Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 This screen shows which channels will be calibrated for a high reference and the range of that calibration It also shows what refer ence signal is expected at the input Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 11 5 4 Set the calibrator for the low reference and apply it to the module This screen displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a low reference If all channels are OK continue as shown below If any channels report an Error retry Step 5 until the status is OK Presi Hee to goo PEDRA THe HEJ ae n e aaa E Mis 1 i E m 5 zj gt F 7 7 Click here to continue 5 Set the calibrator for the high reference and apply it to the module Tamak LILIIASL 7 PERIL TL y Frew ta bo risa reitazienr DDD 9 Click here t
116. IMPORTANT Bits 0 7 not used on 1756 OF4 Module Fault Word Bits in In integer mode Module Fault word bits bits 15 11 operate exactly as Integer Mode described in floating point mode see page 7 6 Channel Fault Word Bits in In integer mode Channel Fault word bits bits 7 0 operate exactly as Integer Mode described in floating point mode for calibration and communications faults see page 7 6 During normal operation these bits are only set for an open wire condition Channel Status Word Bits in The Channel Status word has the following differences when used in integer Integer Mode mode e Only the Output in Hold and Open Wire conditions are reported by the module e Calibration Fault reporting is not available in this word although the Calibration Fault bit in the Module Fault word will still activate when that condition exists on any channel e There is only 1 Channel Status word for all 4 channels on 1756 OF4 and all 8 channels on 1756 OF8 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 1756 OF4 Module Wiring Examples and Specifications NOTE Place additional loop devices e g strip chart recorders etc at the A location noted above Non solated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 amp 1756 OF8 7 9 1756 OF4 Current wiring example Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used ot oj jut ja SISie
117. Logix 5000 10 11 setting output modules bias in RSLogix 5000 10 14 CE compliance 1 1 1 5 mark 1 1 1 5 Certification CE CSA UL FM 3 5 Class I Division 2 1 2 Channel Fault Word 1756 IF16 module 4 10 floating point mode 4 11 4 12 integer mode 4 14 1756 IF6I module 5 8 floating point mode 5 9 integer mode 5 11 Index 1756 IF8 module 4 15 floating point mode 4 16 4 17 integer mode 4 19 1756 IR6I and 1756 IT6I modules 6 9 floating point mode 6 9 6 10 integer mode 6 12 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules 7 5 floating point mode 7 5 7 6 integer mode 7 8 Channel Status Word 1756 IF16 module 4 10 floating point mode 4 11 4 12 integer mode 4 14 4 15 1756 IF6I module 5 8 floating point mode 5 8 5 10 integer mode 5 11 1756 IF8 module 4 15 floating point mode 4 16 4 18 integer mode 4 19 Channel Status Words 1756 IR6I and 1756 IT6I modules 6 9 floating point mode 6 9 6 11 integer mode 6 12 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules 7 5 floating point mode 7 5 7 7 integer mode 7 8 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Clamp Limits set for output modules in RSLogix 5000 10 15 Clamping 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules 7 4 as related to Limit Alarms 7 4 8 4 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI modules 8 4 Cold Junction Compensation 1756 IT6I module 6 15 select in RSLogix 5000 10 17 Communications Format P 2 10 6 choosing in RSLogix 5000 10 5 input module formats 10 6 output module forma
118. Module Fault word bits bits 15 8 operate exactly as described in floating point mode see page 4 11 In integer mode Channel Fault word bits operate exactly as described in floating point mode see page 4 12 Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 IF8 4 15 1756 IF16 Channel Status Word The Channel Status word has the following differences when used in integer Bits in Integer Mode Fault and Status Reporting Between the 1756 IF8 Module and Controllers 1756 IF8 Fault Reporting in Floating Point Mode mode e Only Underrange and Overrange conditions are reported by the module Alarming and Calibration Fault activities are not available although the Calibration Fault bit in the Module Fault word will activate if a channel is not properly calibrated e There is one 32 bit Channel Status word for all IF16 channels The 1756 IF8 module multicasts status fault data to the owner listening controller with its channel data The fault data is arranged in such a manner as to allow the user to choose the level of granularity he desires for examining fault conditions Three levels of tags work together to provide an increasing degree of detail as to the specific cause of faults on the module The following tags can be examined in ladder logic to indicate when a fault has occurred e Module Fault Word This word provides fault summary reporting Its tag name is ModuleFaults e Channel Fault Word This word
119. RTB in positions that correspond to unkeyed module positions Insert the wedge shaped tab on the RTB with the rounded edge first Push the tab onto the RTB until it stops Important When keying your RTB and module you must begin with a wedge shaped tab in position 6 or 7 20851 M Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Installing the ControlLogix 1 0 Module 9 3 Connecting Wiring You can use an RTB or a Bulletin 1492 prewired Interface Module IFM to connect wiring to your module If you are using an RTB follow the directions below to connect wires to the RTB An IFM has been prewired before you received it If you are using an IFM to connect wiring to the module skip this section and move to page 9 7 For all ControlLogix analog modules except the 1756 IR6I we recommend you use Belden 8761 cable to wire the RTB For the 1756 IR6I module we recommend you use Belden 9533 or 83503 cable to wire the RTB The RTB terminations can accommodate 22 14 gauge shielded wire Before wiring the RTB you must connect ground wiring Connect Grounded End of the Cable 1 Ground the drain wire Important We recommend you ground the drain wire at the field side If you cannot ground at the field side ground at an earth ground on the chassis as shown below a Remove a b Pull the foil shield c Twist the foil d Attach a ground length of cable and bare drain shield and drain lug and apply jacket from the wire from the wiretogether t
120. Record measurement values here CP nam oe te r Click here to continue Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 11 30 Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules This screen displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a high reference If all channels are OK continue as shown below If any channels report an Error return to Step 6 until the status is OK Pen Reece Click here to continue After you have completed both low and high reference calibration this screen shows the status of both and allows you to finish the calibration process and return to normal operation Click here to finish calibration and return the module to normal operation Chapter Summary In this chapter you learned about and What s Next e calibrating input modules e calibrating output modules Move on to Chapter 12 to learn how to troubleshoot the module Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Chapter Objectives Using Module Indicators to Troubleshoot Your Module Chapter 12 Troubleshooting In this chapter you will learn about the indicators on the ControlLogix analog I O module and how to use them to troubleshoot the module The following table describes what this chapter contains and its location For information about See page Using Module Indicators 12 1 to Troubleshoot Your Module Using RSLogix 5000 to 12 3 Troubleshoot
121. Specifications 4 20 1756 IF8 Module Wiring Examples and Specifications 4 25 Chapter Summary and What s Next 00 4 4 30 Chapter 5 Choosing a Data Fontiat i422 2 sek eo ntedas este eee eed 5 2 Features Specific to Isolated Analog Input Modules 5 3 Multiple Input Ranges 0 0 00 eee eee eee 5 3 Notch Pilterc lt ices itty Geta ges or tte wheter g a 5 3 Real Time Sampling 0 0 0 0 ee eee ee 5 4 Underrange Overrange Detection 04 5 4 Disita Pater eed ooh ieee oro i eed 2 ak Ls one R ag 5 5 Process Alarms 4 4ec 44 cewek ie vere gk eek aa Ss 5 6 Rate Alaris 24 bare ne a ek oa pee diab ale aed eet 5 6 Wire Off Detection 2 654 225 i4ceiiersdewte bed beenes 5 7 Fault and Status Reporting Between the 1756 IF6I Module and Controllers 2 0 0 ce eee eee eee 5 8 Module Wiring Examples and Specifications 5 12 Chapter Summary and What s Next 00 5 15 Chapter 6 Choosing a Data Fortiat lt 24 60s o2n 6 seb ve eH ER es 6 2 Specific Features of Temperature Measuring Modules 6 3 Multiple Input Ranges 0 0 0 2c eee eee 6 3 Notch Filter ascen eel oe tata hee eet ota g A 6 3 Real Time Sampling s2 2 ca fiuc tees Yn Sera anr 6 4 Underrange Overrange Detection 04 6 4 Dicital Filter cd oe edo ane a A a 2 Ad a ee has 6 5 Process Alarms 2 34 22 i eiGieaydes ee dae eviee eyes os 6 6 Rate A
122. TS behavior change slightly with respect to getting data to the owner The RPI and RTS intervals still define when the module will multicast data within its own chassis as described in the previous section but only the value of the RPI determines how often the owner controller will receive it over the network When an RPI value is specified for an input module in a remote chassis in addition to instructing the module to multicast data within its own chassis the RPI also reserves a spot in the stream of data flowing across the ControlNet network Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Analog I O Operation Within the ControlLogix System 2 7 The timing of this reserved spot may or may not coincide with the exact value of the RPI but the control system will guarantee that the owner controller will receive data at least as often as the specified RPI Input Module in Remote Chassis with RPI Reserving a Spot in Flow of Data AA Owner controller TAN A AN ControlNet Bridge module ControlNet Bridge module Input module Oo COC cla ora 1 ota N DLU OGA oo00 ooo co Q 9 Anpu data in remote
123. TS values lower than 25mS The minimum RTS value for the module will be dependent on the channel with the lowest notch filter setting 2 Worst case settling time to 100 of a step change would include 0 100 step response time plus one RTS sample time To see how to choose a Notch Filter see page 10 10 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 5 4 Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6l Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Real Time Sampling This parameter instructs the module to scan its input channels and obtain all available data After the channels are scanned the module multicasts that data During module configuration you specify a Real Time Sampling RTS period and a Requested Packet Interval RPI period These features both instruct the module to multicast data but only the RTS feature instructs the module to scan its channels before multicasting For an example of how to set the RTS rate see page 10 10 Underrange Overrange Detection This feature detects when the isolated input module is operating beyond limits set by the input range For example If you are using the 1756 IF6I module in the OV 10V input range and the module voltage increases to 11V the Overrange detection detects this condition Use the following table to see the input ranges of non isolated input modules and the lowest highest signal available in each range before the module detects an underrange overrange condition Table
124. Temperature 1 yA degree C typical Gain Drift with Temperature 60 ppm degree C typical 100 ppm maximum Module Error over Full Temp Range 0 6 of range Minimum Module Scan Time for All Channels 25ms minimum floating point 10ms minimum integer Isolation Voltage Channel to channel User to system Optoisolated transformer isolated 100 tested at 1700V dc for 1s based on 250V ac 100 tested at 1700V dc for 1s based on 250V ac Module Conversion Method R Ladder DAC monotonicity with no missing codes Inductive Load lt 1 mH Module Keying Backplane Electronic RTB Screw Torque NEMA 7 9 inch pounds 0 8 1Nm RTB Keying User defined RTB and Housing 20 Position RTB 1756 TBNH or TBSH Environmental Conditions Operating Temperature 0 to 60 C 32 to 140 F Storage Temperature 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Relative Humidity 5 to 95 noncondensing Conductors Wire Size 22 14 gauge 2mm stranded maximum 3164 inch 1 2mm insulation maximum Category 223 Screwdriver Width for RTB 5 16 inch 8mm maximum Agency Certification ity i when product or packaging is marked Gi Class Div 2 Hazardous lt i Class Div 2 Hazardous rir CE marked for all applicable directives the system level installation manual Maximum wire size will require extended housing 1756 TBE Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as describe
125. This Chapter Contains Determining Input Module Compatibility For more information Determining Output Module Compatibility For more information Chapter 3 ControlLogix Analog I O Module Features This chapter describes features that are common to all ControlLogix analog I O modules The following table describes what this chapter contains and its location For information about See page Determining Input Module Compatibility 3 1 Determining Output Module Compatibility 3 1 Features Common to All ControlLogix 3 2 Analog I O Modules Understanding the Relationship Between 3 6 Module Resolution Data Format and Scaling Chapter Summary and What s Next 3 12 ControlLogix analog input modules convert an analog signal of either volts millivolts milliamps or ohms that is connected to the module s screw terminals into a digital value The digital value which represents the magnitude of the analog signal is then transmitted on the backplane to either a controller or other control entities For more information on compatibility of other Allen Bradley Company products to ControlLogix analog input modules see the I O Systems Overview publication CIG 2 1 ControlLogix output modules convert a digital value that is delivered to the module via the backplane into an analog signal of 10 5 to 10 5 volts or 0 to 21 milliamps The digital value represents the magnitude of the desired analog
126. V dc amp 225mA 24V dc 0 550Q loads terminated on OUTs and RTNs 6 7W 250mA 5 1V dc amp 300mA 24V dc 551 1000Q loads terminated on OUTs and ALTs 8 5W Power Dissipation within Module Thermal Dissipation 5 5W 0 550Q loads 6 1W 551 1000Q loads 18 76 BTU hr 0 550Q loads 20 80 BTU hr 551 1000Q loads Output Current Range 0 to 21mA Current Resolution 13 bits across 21mA 2 7pA Data Format Integer mode Left justified 2s complement Floating point IEEE 32 bit Open Circuit Detection None Output Overvoltage Protection 24V ac dc maximum Output Short Circuit Protection Electronically current limited to 21mA or less Drive Capability 0 1000Q Separate field terminations for ranges 0 550Q or 551 1000Q Output Settling Time lt 2ms to 95 of final value with resistive loads Calibrated Accuracy at 25 C Calibration Interval Better than 0 1 of range from 4mA to 21mA 12 months typical Output Offset Drift with Temperature 1 pA degree C typical Gain Drift with Temperature 60 ppm degree C typical 100 ppm maximum Module Error over Full Temp Range 0 6 of range Minimum Module Scan Time for All Channels 25ms minimum floating point 10ms minimum integer Isolation Voltage Channel to channel User to system Optoisolated transformer isolated 100 tested at 1700V dc for 1s based on 250V ac 100 tested at 1700V dc for 1s b
127. a Data Format Data format defines the format of channel data sent from the controller to the module defines the format of the data echo that the module produces and determines the features that are available to your application You can choose one of the two following data formats e Integer mode e Floating point mode The following table shows which features are available in each format Table 8 B Features Available in Each Data Format Data format Features available Features not available Integer mode Ramp to program value Clamping Ramp to fault value Ramp in Run mode Hold for initialization Rate and Limit alarms Hold Last State or User Scaling Value in fault or program mode Floating point All features N A mode Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Features Specific to Analog Output Modules Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI amp 1756 OF6VI 8 3 The following features are available only with analog output modules Ramping Rate Limiting Ramping limits the speed at which an analog output signal can change This prevents fast transitions in the output from damaging the devices that an output module controls Ramping is also known as rate limiting Ramping is possible in the following situations e Run mode ramping Occurs during run mode and begins operation at the configured maximum ramp rate when the module receives a new output level Important This is only available in floating point m
128. a RTN terminal to maintain the module s accuracy Terminals marked RTN or iRTN are not used for differential voltage wiring Important When operating in 4 channel high speed mode only use channels 0 2 4 and 6 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 4 22 Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 1F16 IF8 1756 IF16 Single Ended Current Wiring Example i A IN 0 oke 1e i RTN 0 IN 1 Ha 4 3 E i RTN 1 Seino Shield ground Nee Ejs 5 RIN wires IN 3 ais 76 RTN 3 y RTN TE o 9 e RTN gt Wire IN 4 gr uy RTH i Lol gt IN 5 gu E i RTN 5 T Transmitter fay Ne aie 15i i RTN 6 IN 7 gs ve i RTN 7 IN 8 E z2 2E i RTN 8 IN 9 giz ajg i RTN 9 IN 10 i 24 23e i RTN 10 IN 11 G26 25 i RTN 11 RTN Qiz zo RTN IN 12 3 2 iRTN 12 IN 13 i32 31k RTN 13 IN 14 Qi 34 331g i RTN 14 IN 15 QI 36 35 i RTN 15 40914 M NOTES All terminals marked RTN are connected internally For current applications all terminals marked iRTN must be wired to terminals marked RTN A 249Q current loop resistor is located between IN x and i RTN x terminals Place additional loop devices e g strip chart recorders etc at the A location Publication 1
129. acketlnterval here Inhibit the connection to the module here If you want a Major Fault on the Controller to occur if there is connection failure with the I O module while in Run Mode click here Har Paul Oe Corine 1 Connection aie Hehe Foul lt This Fault box is empty when you are offline If a fault occurs while the module is online the type of fault will be displayed here Fn p J Hee Click here to move to the next page This screen is used during online monitoring but not initial configuration Click here to move to the next page The configuration page appears next For example this screen appears for the 1756 IF6I module The choices available on the configuration screen will vary according to the module selected Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Configuring the ControlLogix Analog I O Module 10 11 IMPORTANT Set all the configuration parameters for each channel on this page before moving to the next page Choose the channel to be configured here Set the Scaling parameters here i New Mode gt Local F 1PS6 1 1d iwaw E Select the Input Range here Set a Calibration Bias here Set the Notch Filter here Set the Digital Filter here Set the Real Time Sampling period here Click here to move Click here to accept the to the next page parameters you have configured for your module IMPORTANT Set all the configuration parameters for each
130. alibration Interval Better than 0 1 of range 12 months typical Accuracy Cold J unction Sensor Local C Sensor Uncertainty Remote C Sensor From 0 3 up to 3 2 C depending on channel 0 3 C Input Offset Drift with Temperature 0 5yuV degree C typical Gain Drift with Temperature 65 ppm degree C typical 80 ppm maximum Module Error over Full Temp Range 0 5 of range Minimum Module Scan Time for all Channels Sample Rate 25ms minimum floating point millivolt 50ms minimum floating point temperature 10ms minimum integer millivolt Module Conversion Method Sigma Delta Isolation Voltage Channel to channel User to system Optoisolated transformer isolated 100 tested at 1700V dc for 1s based on 250V ac 100 tested at 1700V dc for 1s based on 250V ac RTB Screw Torque NEMA 7 9 inch pounds 0 8 1Nm Module Keying Backplane Electronic RTB Keying User defined Field Wiring Arm and Housing 20 Position RTB 1756 TBNH or TBSH 2 Environmental Conditions Operating Temperature 0 to 60 C 32 to 140 F Storage Temperature 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Relative Humidity 5 to 95 noncondensing Conductors Wire Size 22 14 gauge 2mm stranded 3 64 inch 1 2mm insulation maximum Category 93 4 Screwdriver Width for RTB 5 16 inch 8mm maximum Agency Certification Op when product or packaging is marked Gi ee Fe CE
131. aling parameters to the configuration portion of the structure associated with an analog output module in Slot 3 of the local chassis The new values move at the user s discretion represented by the user defined XIC instruction after making sure the desired new high value is not equal to the desired new low value This rung only moves the data to the configuration portion of the structure but does not send it to the module Rung 1 This rung sends the Reset Module service to the analog output module Upon receipt the module will initiate a hardware reset on itself behaving as though it has just been inserted into the system A connection is established and the new configuration parameters are sent Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 C 12 Using Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Message Type is CIP Generic Service Code is 5 Object Type is 1 Object ID is 1 Set the module s message path here Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Perform Module Reset Service The following configuration and communication pop up screens show the message instruction to perform the Reset service and its path Message Configuration Reset_Module Number of Elements is 0 Power Supply Sizing Chart Appendix D Use the following chart to check the power your ControlLogix chassis is using Slot Modu
132. alog number and major revision In this case the minor revision of the module must be greater than or equal to that of the configured slot Connection The communication mechanism from the controller to another module in the control system ControlBus The backplane used by the 1756 chassis Coordinated Timer value which is kept synchronized for all modules within System Time a single ControlBus chassis The CST is a 64 bit number with CST us resolution Direct Connection An I O connection where the controller establishes an individual connection with I O modules Disable keying Option that turns off all electronic keying to the module Requires no attributes of the physical module and the module configured in the software to match Download The process of transferring the contents of a project on the workstation into the controller Electronic keying A system feature which makes sure that the physical module attributes are consistent with what was configured in the software Exact match An electronic keying protection mode that requires the physical module and the module configured in the software to match identically according to vendor catalog number major revision and minor revision Field side Interface between user field wiring and I O module Inhibit A ControlLogix process that allows you to configure an 1 0 module but prevent it from communicating with the owner controller In thi
133. an d6 Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 IF8 4 21 1756 IF 16 Differential Voltage Wiring Example Channel 0 So wo Hele 2 lintw o s IN 1 ge 3 i RTN 1 IN 2 le 5 i RTN 2 Shield groun IN 3 8 AE i RTN 3 RTN o 9g RTN IN 4 En aN i RTN 4 Channel 3 N5 yiu se RTN 5 CRK aA AA IN 6 6 15 G i RTN 6 IN 7 AN 18 1716 i RTN 7 IN 8 20 19 i RTN 8 Shield groun IN 9 iz ae i RTN 9 IN 10 Du 23 4 i RTN 10 IN 11 26 25 i RTN 11 RTN 28 27 RTN IN 12 30 29 i RTN 12 IN 13 0 2 31 i RTN 13 IN 14 Dla 33 G i RTN 14 IN 15 l 3 i RTN 15 LN 40913 M NOTES Use the following chart when wiring your module in differential mode This Uses these This Uses these channel terminals channel terminals Channel O IN 0 amp IN 1 Channel4 IN 8 amp IN 9 Channel 1 IN 2 amp IN 3 Channel5 IN 10 amp IN 11 Channel2 IN 4 amp IN 5 Channel6 IN 12 amp IN 13 Channel 3 IN 6 amp IN 7 Channel 7 IN 14 amp IN 15 All terminals marked RTN are connected internally If multiple or multiple terminals are tied together connect that tie point to
134. ange and the module voltage increases to 1050Q the Overrange detection detects this condition Use the following table to see the input ranges of non isolated input modules and the lowest highest signal available in each range before the module detects an underrange overrange condition Table 6 E Low and High Signal Limits on Temperature Measuring Input Modules Input module Available range Lowestsignal Highest signal in range in range 1756 IR6I 1Q 4870 0 859068653Q 507 8620 20 1000Q 20 1016 5020 4Q 20009 4Q 2033 7809 8Q 40209 80 40683920 1756 IT61 12mV 30mV 15 80323mV 31 396mV 12mV 78mV 15 15836mV 79 241mV Amplitude Temperature Measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I amp 1756 IT61 6 5 Digital Filter The digital filter smooths input data noise transients on each input channel This value specifies the time constant for a digital first order lag filter on the input It is specified in units of milliseconds A value of 0 disables the filter The digital filter equation is a classic first order lag equation A t Yn Yn 1 _ x Y 1 ateta n gt Yd Yn present output filtered peak voltage PV Yn 1 previous output filtered PV At module channel update time seconds TA digital filter time constant seconds Xn present input unfiltered PV Using a step input change to illustrate the filter response as shown below you can see that when the digital
135. annels When a wire off condition occurs for these modules two events occur e Input data for that channel changes to a specific scaled value e A fault bit is set in the owner controller which may indicate the presence of a wire off condition Because these modules can each be used in various applications differences exist when a wire off condition is detected in each application Wire Off Conditions for the 1756 IR6 Module in Temperature Applications There are two conditions in which the 1756 IR6I module detects a disconnected wire in temperature applications 1 When any combination of wires are disconnected from the module except the loss of a wire from terminal B by itself see wiring diagram on page 6 16 the following occurs e input data for the channel changes to the highest scaled temperature value associated with the selected RTD type e the ChxOverrange x channel number tag is set to 1 For more information about tags in the tag editor see Appendix A 2 When only the wire connected to terminal B see wiring diagram on page 6 16 is lost the following occurs e input data for the channel changes to the lowest scaled temperature value associated with the selected RTD type e the ChxUnderrange x channel number tag is set to 1 For more information about tags in the tag editor see Appendix B Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 6 8 Temperature Measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I amp 1756 IT61 Publicat
136. as three parts Each input module requires attention be paid to specific calibration ranges Calibrating the 1756 1F16 or 1756 IF8 Modules This module can be used for applications requiring voltage or current You can only calibrate the module using a voltage signal The 1756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 offer 4 input ranges 10 to 10V 0 to 5V 0 to 10V 0 to 20mA Important Regardless of what application range is selected prior to calibration all calibration uses a 10V range While you are online you must access the modules properties page To see how to reach this page see page 10 19 Follow these steps 1 Connect your voltage calibrator to the module 2 Go to the Calibration page Click on the tab for this page me bba gg he Pet parrin Lec 1S ol erie T Timia rara Bobcat Canatuan eitean faciais Click here to start calibration You see this warning Dagi Chiban ahai bo ba gA Ci k mech Cra ang a cd circ Ai cheery aal ecg od ee npepe vee oe coed rary ka ipri Coca ey Ca aba Click here to change to Program Mode be Lg fore continuing with calibration Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 11 4 Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 3 Set the channels to be calibrated Lh hale Friii iail A hir Seiecthe cheered a criteri leery Ea Sohbet 1 Choose the channels you want to calibrate here Tea i lhe Cabheade the Chren r Tokaja aaa Ore Cree gi ai aTa Pane
137. ased on 250V ac Module Conversion Method R Ladder DAC monotonicity with no missing codes Inductive Load lt 1 mH RTB Screw Torque NEMA 7 9 inch pounds 0 8 1Nm Module Keying Backplane Electronic RTB Keying User defined Field Wiring Arm and Housing 20 Position RTB 1756 TBNH or TBSH Environmental Conditions Operating Temperature 0 to 60 C 32 to 140 F Storage Temperature 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Relative Humidity 5 to 95 noncondensing Conductors Wire Size 22 14 gauge 2mm stranded maximum 3 64 inch 1 2mm insulation maximum Category 92 3 Screwdriver Width for RTB 5 16 inch 8mm maximum Agency Certification i when product or packaging r is marked Qie Class Div 2 Hazardous lt em gt Class Div 2 Hazardous rir E marked for all applicable directives 1 Maximum wire size will require extended housing 1756 TBE 2 Use conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system level installation manual 3 Refer to publication 1770 4 1 Programmable Controller Wiring and Grounding Guidelines 4 CSA certification Class Division 2 Group A FM approved Class l Division 2 Group A B Shielded cable required uo B C D or nonhazardous locations C D or nonhazardous locations Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI amp 1756 OF6VI 8 11 1756 OF6VI Module Wiring 1756 OF6VI Wiring example Exam
138. ated ia Crib air adn Fi ibh se Erea a eT Lebal tE DCi Hag ec ee een Both screens perform the same function on the module Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 B 2 Using Software Configuration Tags Communications Mode Tag Names and Definitions The set of tags associated with any module depends on the type of module and the Communications Format chosen during configuration For each communications format integer and floating point there are three sets of tags input output and configuration There are three sets of tags integer floating point and configuration for input modules and for output modules Integer Mode Tags The following tables list and define all tags that may be used by ControlLogix analog modules using integer mode Important Each application s series of tags will vary but no input module application will contain any tags that are not listed here Integer Input Tags Tag Name Data Type Applicable Definition Modules ChannelFaults INT All Collection of individual channel fault bits in one word Can address individual channel fault via bit notation ex ChannelFaults 3 for channel 3 ChOFault BOOL All Individual channel fault status bit Indicates a hard fault has occurred on the channel which means calibration is ongoing or if an input an overrange or underrange condition is present or if an output a low or high clamp condition is occu
139. ation Cobbeaton Bockplore Chose DE ENE EE bma Paige peeve E Use this Bane TR rv irea pull down Scaling ich Saul Chaon Bia fea menu to Hi we 7 Hnich Filter fein choose the n i Input Range ATS je gm Cait Junciion iabe oki Junction Ofir Raren CIE ae o E femeerekee Unite Geb C Fehn z iS Click here to She Tew CO I start N nay ese i calibration 2bo Tae CRITE ie Piet CaaS Tho Tha Cee zie De Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 11 16 Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 4 Set the channels to be calibrated Lanan Wierd Sekect the Channel to Labese 1 Choose the channels you want to calibrate here 2 Choose whether you want to calibrate channels in groups or one at a time here Erh JE aie Calrata tha Channeh m fia Th rie apro EE Thans Dre Dhanna erie aala Us Jen EEL 3 Click here to continue The low reference screen appears first 5 Set the calibrator for the low reference and apply it to the module Caiinalhen Wied Attach Low olnu Vellage Sapara ere aami param LES FETO Cer A i te This screen shows which charrelil channels will be calibrated Chanel 0 1 2 54 5 ee 2 PRAS TEL hin for a low reference and the ee ae range of that calibration Sly niente ea SiGe Tm calibration ETELE 1200 It also shows what refer EEREN Pin ence signal is expected on the input det ame to Click here
140. ation parameters for each channel on this page before moving to the next page All configurable options are the same except for the addition of those features that account for the module s temperature measuring capability They are shown below Select RTD Sensor Type here Select 10 Ohm Copper Offset here Set the Temperature This feature only units for the module needs to be set if here you choose a Copper Sensor Type Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Configuring the ControlLogix Analog I O Module 10 17 Configuring the The thermocouple module Cat No 1756 IT6D has additional configurable Thermocouple Module points temperature units and cold junction options All of this module s configuration screens match the series listed for input modules beginning on page 10 10 except for the third screen The screen below shows the aforementioned screen for the 1756 IT6I module IMPORTANT Set all the configuration parameters for each channel on this page before moving to the next page All configurable options are the same except for the addition of those features that account for the module s temperature measuring capability They are shown below Mocbebe Properties Local 3 UTSEITE 11 Chanal F tT 2 ey a 6 inpul Range fee IC Trait Select High Signat TIE Cabissa Bii joo Thermocouple fey a0 Match Fk Wa bts 7 Sensor Type here E Lawl fiat Fite po aa 170 129 ATE ibe a wi 7 Cijuela 9 Sookel Ja
141. aximum Agency Certification Oy when product or packaging is marked Gi Class Div 2 Hazardous Fm Class Div 2 Hazardous rs C marked for all applicable directives a Maximum wire size will require extended hou Use conductor category information for plann manual nN sing 1756 TBE ing conductor routing as described in the system level installation w Refer to publication 1770 4 1 Programmab CSA certification Class Division 2 Group A FM approved Class I Division 2 Group A B Shielded cable required gt e e Controller Wiring and Grounding Guidelines B C D or nonhazardous locations C D or nonhazardous locations Non Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 amp 1756 OF8 7 13 Chapter Summary and What s In this chapter you learned about features specific to non isolated analog Next output modules Move on to chapter 8 to learn about features specific to isolated analog output modules Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 7 14 Non Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 amp 1756 OF8 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 What This Chapter Contains Chapter 8 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6Cl amp 1756 OF6VI This chapter describes features specific to ControlLogix non isolated analog output modules The following table describes what this chapter contains and its location For information about See page Choosing a Data F
142. bles below Important Reconfiguring analog modules via ladder should be limited to functions that involve the changing of values only We do not recommend that enabling or disabling features be done via ladder Use RSLogix 5000 to enable or disable these features Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 C 10 Using Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Choose a Major Fault in controller here Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 The following tables list module parameters that may be changed via ladder logic Table C C Permissible Analog Input Module Parameters to Change Via Ladder Logic Feature Restriction High Engineering Value Must not be equal to low engineering value Low Engineering Value Must not be equal to high engineering value High High Alarm Value Must be greater than or equal to high alarm value High Alarm Value Must be greater than low alarm value Low Alarm Value Must be less than high alarm value Low Low Alarm Value Must be less than or equal to low alarm value Deadband Must be less than half of high alarm minus low alarm Table C D Permissible Analog Output Module Parameters to Change Via Ladder Logic Feature Restriction High Clamp Value Must be greater than low clamp value Low Clamp Value Must be less than high clamp value 1 The values for user defined state at Fault or Program set during initial configuration must fall within the range o
143. bration Bad calibration means the last attempt to calibrate the channel failed with an error and was aborted ChOUnderrange BOOL All inputs Alarm bits indicating the channel s input is less than the minimum detectable input signal ChO0Overrange BOOL All inputs Alarms bit indicating the channel s input is greater than the maximum detectable input signal ChORateAlarm BOOL All inputs Alarm bit which sets when the input channel s rate of change exceeds the configured ChOConfigRateAlarmLimit Remains set until the rate change drops below the configured limit unless latched via ChOConfigRateAlarmLatch in the configuration ChoLAlarm BOOL All inputs Low alarm bits which sets when the input signal moves beneath the configured low alarm trigger point ChOConfigLAlarmLimit Remains set until the input signal moves above the trigger point unless latched via ChOConfigProcAlarmLatch or the input is still within the configured alarm deadband ChOConfigAlmDeadband of the low alarm trigger point ChOHAlarm BOOL All inputs High alarm bit which sets when the input signal moves above the configured high alarm trigger point ChOConfigHAlarmLimit Remains set until the input signal moves below the trigger point unless latched viaChOConfigProcAlarmLatch or the input is still within the configured alarm deadband ChO0ConfigAlmDeadband of the high alarm trigger point ChOLLAlarm BOOL All inp
144. calibration is ongoing or if an input an overrange or underrange condition is present or if an output a low or high clamp condition is occurring These bits are also set by the controller if communications are lost with the I O module ModuleFaults INT All Collection of all module level fault bits AnalogGroupFault BOOL All Indicates if a channel fault has occurred on any channel Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Using Software Configuration Tags B 5 Tag Name Data Type Applicable Modules Definition InGroupFault BOOL All inputs Indicates if a channel fault has occurred on any input channel Calibrating BOOL All Indicates if a calibration is currently in progress on any channel CalFault BOOL All Status bit indicating if any channel has a bad calibration Bad calibration means the last attempt to calibrate the channel failed with an error and was aborted CJ Underrange BOOL 1756 IT6l Status bit to indicate if the Cold J unction reading is currently beneath the lowest detectable temperature of 0 0 degrees Celsius CJ Overrange BOOL 1756 IT6l Status bit to indicate if the Cold J unction reading is currently above the highest detectable temperature of 86 0 degrees Celsius ChOStatus INT All Collection of individual channel status bits ChOCalFault BOOL All inputs Status bit indicating if the channel has a bad cali
145. cations Tools Window Help ala a see AA all eo elal wi fo v re Go Offline Upload As Download Forces Disabled Use this pull down menu to Program Ma switch to Program Mode Run Mode Test Mode Clear Faults Go To Faults 3 Controller Fault Handler Power Loss Handler General Connection Module Info Configuration Alarm Configuration Calibration Type 1756 IF6l 6 Channel Isolated Voltage Current Analog Input Vendor Allen Rradleu Make any necessary changes For example the RPI can only be changed in Program Mode fl Module Properties Leal 3 0 PSF ee Keres Connection piada Inds Configuration Alari Coniguaten Caitraaon Sactsiena 1 Update the RPI rate equated Packet irai ApS eu mu A0 Dm I nht Mi catuda I Har Fault r Cortsolies Connection Ea bisiuis Faull 2 Click here to transfer the new Click here to transfer the new data and close the screen data and keep the screen open Before the RPI rate is updated online RSLogix 5000 will verify your desired change 1 hearg he epad Poached riea P ahe mia al areae desbi b connector Change ha E _ue cmon He Click here to continue with the RPI change The RPI has been changed and the new configuration data has been transferred to the controller After making the necessary changes to your module s configuration in Program Mode it is recommended that you change the m
146. ccurs during calibration for that channel causing a bad calibration This bit also sets bit 11 in the Module Fault word UnderRange Bit 6 This bit is set when the input signal at the channel is less than or equal to the minimum detectable signal For more information on the minimum detectable signal for each module see Table 5 E on page 5 4 This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word OverRange Bit 5 This bit is set when the input signal at the channel is greater than or equal to the maximum detectable signal For more information on the maximum detectable signal for each module see Table 5 E on page 5 4 This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word ChxRateAlarm Bit 4 This bit is set when the input channel s rate of change exceeds the configured Rate Alarm parameter It remains set until the rate of change drops below the configured rate If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched ChxLAlarm Bit 3 This bit is set when the input signal moves beneath the configured Low Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves above the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain set as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband ChxHAlarm Bit 2 This bit is set when the input signal moves above the configured High Alarm limit It remains set until the signal move
147. chas is O at the RTS and RPI rates p I 9 Input data at least as often as RPI I ControlNet 40947 The reserved spot on the network and the module s RTS are asynchronous to each other This means there are Best and Worst Case scenarios as to when the owner controller will receive updated channel data from the module in a networked chassis Best Case RTS Scenario In the Best Case scenario the module performs an RTS multicast with updated channel data just before the reserved network slot is made available In this case the remotely located owner receives the data almost immediately Worst Case RTS Scenario In the Worst Case scenario the module performs an RTS multicast just after the reserved network slot has passed In this case the owner controller will not receive data until the next scheduled network slot Because it is the RPI and NOT the RTS which dictates when the module s data will be sent over the network we recommend the RPI value be set LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO the RTS to make sure that updated channel data is received by the owner controller with each receipt of data Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 2 8 Analog I O Operation Within the ControlLogix System Output Module Operation Output Modules in a Local Chassis Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 The RPI parameter governs exactly when an analog output module receives data from the owner controller and when the output mo
148. creen appears for the 1756 OF6VI module The choices available on the configuration screen will vary according to the module selected IMPORTANT Set all the configuration parameters for each channel on this page before moving to the next page Hes Hoiu Local 1 S00 ie 14 Choose the channel to be fa alal Set Calibration Bias here configured here Enable Hold for Initialization here Set the Scaling EL ELL parameters here ECHE ECH Click here to move Click here to accept the parameters to the next page you have configured for your module IMPORTANT Set all the configuration parameters for each channel on this page before moving to the next page a Loca PSO 1A Choose the channel to be configured here Set the behavior of the 1 Set the behavoir of the outputs in Program outputs in Fault Mode here Mode here Set the behavior of the outputs if communications fail in Program Mode here IMPORTANT Outputs always go to Fault mode if communications fail in Click here to move Click here to accept the parameters you Run mode to the next page have configured for your module Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Configuring the ControlLogix Analog I O Module 10 15 These screens appear next IMPORTANT Set all the configuration parameters for each channel on this page before moving to the next page Choose the channel to be configured here Set Clamp Limits here Select Ramp in Run here Disable or latch l
149. curred e Analog Group Fault This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is AnalogGroupFault e Calibrating This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated When this bit is set all bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is Calibrating e Calibration Fault This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set Its tag name is CalibrationFault During normal module operation bits in the Channel Fault word are set if any of the respective channels has an Under or Overrange condition Checking this word for a nonzero value is a quick way to check for Under or Overrange conditions on the module The following conditions set all Channel Fault word bits e A channel is being calibrated in this case the module sets the bits to display the following OOFF for single ended wiring applications OOOF for differential wiring applications 0003 for high speed differential wiring applications e A communications fault occurred between the module and its owner controller In this case the bits are set by the controller and set to display FFFF Your logic can monitor the Channel Fault Word bit for a particular input to determine the state of that point Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 4 18 Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 1F16 IF8 1756 IF8 Channel Status Word Bits in Floating Point Mode Publicatio
150. current Module Error over Full Temp Range 0 15 of range voltage 0 3 of range current Module Scan Time for all Channels 12ms minimum floating point 8ms minimum integer Isolation Voltage User to system 100 tested at 2550V dc for 1s Module Conversion Method R Ladder DAC monotonicity with no missing codes Module Keying Backplane Electronic RTB Screw Torque NEMA 7 9 inch pounds 0 8 1Nm RTB Keying User defined RTB and Housing 20 Position RTB 1756 TBNH or TBSH Environmental Conditions Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Relative Humidity 0 to 60 C 32 to 140 F 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F 5 to 95 noncondensing ConductorsWire Size 22 14 gauge 2mm stranded maximum 3 64 inch 1 2mm insulation maximum Category 22 3 Screwdriver Width for RTB 5 16 inch 8mm maximum Agency Certification Oy when product or packaging is marked ts Class Div 2 Hazardous Fm Class Div 2 Hazardous marked for all applicable directives Maximum wire size will require extended hou sing 1756 TBE Use conductor category information for plann Refer to publication 1770 4 1 Programmab CSA certification Class Division 2 Group A FM approved Class l Division 2 Group A B Shielded cable required ewn uo ing conductor routing as described in the system level installation manual e Controller W
151. d in Refer to publication 1770 4 1 Programmable Controller Wiring and Grounding Guidelines CSA certification Class Division 2 Group A B C D or nonhazardous locations FM approved Class l Division 2 Group A B C D or nonhazardous locations Shielded cable required 1756 OF6VI Specifications Module Specifications A 9 Number of Outputs 6 individually isolated channels Module Location 1756 ControlLogix Chassis Backplane Power Requirements No external power requirements 250mA 5 1V dc amp 175mA 24V dc 5 5W Power Dissipation within Module Thermal Dissipation 4 85W 16 54 BTU hr Output Voltage Range 10 5V maximum Voltage Resolution 14 bits across 21V 1 3mV 13 bits across 10 5V sign bit Data Format Integer mode Left justified 2s complement Floating point IEEE 32 bit Output Impedance lt 1Q Open Circuit Detection None Output Overvoltage Protection 24V ac dc maximum Output Short Circuit Protection Electronically current limited Drive Capability gt 1000Q loads 10mA maximum Output Settling Time lt 2ms to 95 of final value with resistive loads Calibrated Accuracy at 25 C Calibration Interval Better than 0 1 of range 12 months typical Output Offset Drift with Temperature 60 uV degree C typical Gain Drift with Temperature 50 ppm degree C typical 80 ppm maximum Module Erro
152. d to an owner controller the controller attempts to establish a direct connection to each of the modules referenced by the data If a controller has configuration data referencing a slot in the control system the controller periodically checks for the presence of a device there When a device s presence is detected there the controller automatically sends the configuration data If the data is appropriate to the module found in the slot a connection is made and operation begins If the configuration data is not appropriate the data is rejected and an error message displays in the software In this case the configuration data can be inappropriate for any of a number of reasons For example a module s configuration data may be appropriate except for a mismatch in electronic keying that prevents normal operation The controller maintains and monitors its connection with a module Any break in the connection such as removal of the module from the chassis while under power causes the controller to set fault status bits in the data area associated with the module The RSLogix 5000 software may monitor this data area to announce the modules failures Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 2 4 Analog I O Operation Within the ControlLogix System Input Module Operation Input Modules in a Local Chassis Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 In traditional I O systems controllers poll input modules to obtain their input status
153. data between the module and its owner controller within the local chassis e IEEE 32 bit floating point or 16 bit integer data formats e 16 bit input and 13 16 bit output resolution depending on the output module type e On Board Features such as Scaling to Engineering Units Alarming and Under Overrange Detection e Calibration analog I O modules allow calibration on a channel by channel or module wide basis e Class I Division 2 UL CSA CE and FM Agency Certification Using An Analog Module in the An analog I O module translates an analog signal into or from a ControlLogix System corresponding digital representation which controllers can easily operate on for control purposes A ControlLogix I O module mounts in a ControlLogix chassis and uses a Removable Terminal Block RTB or Interface Module IFM to connect all field side wiring Before you install and use your module you should have already e installed and grounded a 1756 chassis and power supply To install these products refer to publications 1756 5 1 and 1756 5 2 e ordered and received an RTB or IFM and their components for your application Important RTBs are not included with your module purchase Table 1 A Types of ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Catalog number Description RTB 1756 IF16 16 pt non isolated analog current voltage 36 pin input module 1756 IF6l 6 pt isolated analog current voltage input 20 pin module 1756 IF8 8 pt
154. do not take into account when the module will receive NEW data updated by the user program from the controller That is a function of the length of the user program and its asynchronous relationship with the RPI Any controller in the system can listen to the data from any I O module e g input data or echoed output data even if the controller does not own the module i e it does not have to hold the module s configuration data to listen to the module During the I O configuration process you can specify one of several Listen Only modes in the Communication Format field For more information on Communication Format see page 10 6 Choosing a Listen Only mode option allows the controller and module to establish communications without the controller sending any configuration data In this instance another controller owns the module being listened to Important Controllers using the Listen Only mode continue to receive data multicast from the I O module as long as a connection between an owner and I O module is maintained If the connection between all owners and the module is broken the module stops multicasting data and connections to all Listening controllers are also broken Because Listening controllers lose their connections to modules when communications with the owner stop the ControlLogix system will allow you to define more than one owner for input modules Important Only input modules can
155. dule Teens side of your modul epi Ehra Hie lied Wolne ad Br ehh Fid va Bi Poni SURES DC bochteed pat Sand oe HIH BG Pra CSR 2 dL idid ag PE NKIL 1G foiri Tita A Irgat iPS E Chane haed ATD Sraka rot mema E Dheera hied Theres Aray git MeL Loria OE Ph ogere Contec 176M BRE Tiai Aaah E nia Baran are are se r Lopar bret Spat cl F ipo F gw F omna FF j n F orama Cpm Lice e e j 2 Click here You enter the wizard on a naming page E Kas Mode Lowel 1 756 00 1 1 Tae apre enlie n Ep a oe may 1 Enter an optional name MaE pe ie ag f H lt 5 Select the slot your 2 Enter an optional description B Cescrighon 3 Module resides in as l 3 Choose a Communications B Comma forat Fi Dies Z 6 Choose an Electronic Format A detailed es a Cae Elcio jang Corah mja Keying method A explanation of this field is detailed explanation of provided on the next page 4 Make sure the this field is provided on Minor Revision the next page 10 9 number matches 9 e sits rms eee the label on the side of your module If you are altering the If you are using default configuration default configuration click here click here and you are Go to page 10 10 finished configuring your module Go to page 10 9 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 10 6 Configuring the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Module Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Communications Format
156. dule echoes data For more information on data echo see the feature description in each module specific chapter An owner controller sends data to an analog output module only at the period specified in the RPI Data is NOT sent to the module at the end of the controller s program scan When an analog output module receives new data from an owner controller i e every RPI the module will automatically multicast or echo a data value which corresponds to the analog signal present at the output terminals to the rest of the control system This feature called Output Data Echo occurs whether the output module is located locally or in a networked chassis with respect to the controller Depending on the value of the RPI with respect to the length of the controller program scan the output module can receive and echo data multiple times during one program scan Because it is not dependent on reaching the end of the program to send data the controller effectively allows the module s output channels to change values multiple times during a single program scan when the RPI is less than the program scan length When specifying an RPI value for an analog output module you instruct the controller when to broadcast the output data to the module If the module resides in the same chassis as the owner controller the module will receive the data almost immediately after the controller sends it WS A Owner controller Output modul
157. e 3 F i l Oo Oo Oo Data sent from owner at the RPI Coons 40949 Analog I O Operation Within the ControlLogix System 2 9 Output Modules in a Remote Chassis If an output module physically resides in a chassis other than that of the owner controller i e a remote chassis connected via ControlNet the role of the RPI changes slightly with respect to getting data from the owner controller When an RPI value is specified for an output module in a remote chassis in addition to instructing the controller to multicast the output data within its own chassis the RPI also reserves a spot in the stream of data flowing across the ControlNet network The timing of this reserved spot may or may not coincide with the exact value of the RPI but the control system will guarantee that the output module will receive data at least as often as the specified RPI Output Module in Remote Chassis with RPI Reserving a Spot in Flow of Data FX Owner controller TAN TA A ControlNet Bridge module ControlNet Bridge module Output module A f c R a3 H L a N
158. e x channel number tag is set to 1 For more information about tags in the tag editor see Appendix B Wire Off in Current Applications When a wire off condition occurs for a module channel in current applications the following occurs e Input data for that channel changes to the scaled value associated with the underrange signal value of the selected operational range in floating point mode minimum possible scaled value or 32 768 counts in integer mode e The ChxUnderrange x channel number tag is set to 1 Important In current applications if wire off detection occurs because the RTB has been disconnected from the module the module reacts with the same conditions as described in voltage applications For more information about tags in the tag editor see Appendix B Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 5 8 Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6l Fault and Status Reporting Between the 1756 IF6l Module and Controllers Fault Reporting in Floating Point Mode Module Fault Word 15 AnalogGroupFault 14 InGroupFault 12 Calibrating 11 Cal Fault 13 is not used by 1756 IF6l Channel Fault Word 5 Ch5Fault 4 Ch4Fault 3 Ch3Fault 2 Ch2Fault 1 Chl Fault 0 ChOFault Channel Status Words One for each channel 7 ChxCalFault 6 ChxUnderrange 5 ChxOverrange 4 ChxRateAlarm Publication 1756 6 5 9 Nov The 1756 IF6I module multicasts status fault data to th
159. e 1 Tiai F ij Li Tie Hii Bice da y baie Fi omiow came a oe Peasy Meni hn nadia 2 Choose whether you want Pe iT aitase Chere inrooe Clade Chara ss si a Tires to calibrate channels in este a groups or one at a time here 3 Click here to continue Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 11 9 The low reference screen appears first 5 Set the calibrator for the low reference and apply it to the module Ceobbeator ead Aah Low Relies Wollepe Sep J iech Loa Pawara This screen shows which apee e aa channels will be calibrated for a low reference and the range of that calibration OChevek 1 2345 Pram Tiar ko dsi It also shows what refer ence signal is expected on the input Click here to return to the last screen Click here to calibrate and make any necessary changes the low reference This screen displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a low reference If all channels are OK continue as shown below If any channels report an Error retry Step 5 until the status is OK Cabir phun wed Results Prec Hat io go onia High Faksas teat Click here to continue Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 11 10 Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules Now you must calibrate each channel for a high reference voltage 6 Set the channels to be calibrated E Abbe mo Sag oem sano E amene wae 5 D H
160. e 1 2 ControlLogix System Types of ControlLogix Analog 1 0 1 2 Features of the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 1 3 Modules Preventing Electrostatic Discharge 1 4 Removal and Insertion Under Power 1 4 Compliance to European Union Directives 1 5 Chapter Summary and What s Next 1 6 ControlLogix analog I O modules are interface modules that convert analog signals to digital values for inputs and convert digital values to analog signals for outputs Using the producer consumer network model they can produce information when needed while providing additional system functions The following is a list of the features available on ControlLogix Analog I O modules that allow their use in a wide variety of applications e Removal and insertion under power RIUP a system feature that allows you to remove and insert modules while chassis power is applied e Producer consumer communications an intelligent data exchange between modules and other system devices in which each module produces data without having been polled e Rolling timestamp of data 15 bit module specific rolling timestamp with millisecond resolution which indicates when data was sampled applied This timestamp may be used to calculate the interval between channel or field side updates Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 1 2 What Are ControlLogix Analog I O Modules e System timestamp of data 64 bit system clock places a timestamp on the transfer of
161. e current input modules support and the page of the description of each feature Table 4 A Additional Features Supported by the 1756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 Modules Feature Page of description Removal and Insertion Under Power RIUP 3 2 Module Fault Reporting 3 2 Fully Software Configurable 3 2 Electronic Keying 3 3 Timestamping 3 4 Producer Consumer Model 3 4 LED Status Information 3 5 Full Class Division 2 Compliance 3 5 Multiple Choices of Data Format 3 6 On Board Calibration 3 5 Alarm Latching 3 6 Scaling 3 9 The 1756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 modules support the following three wiring methods e Single ended mode e Differential mode e High speed differential mode After determining which wiring method you will use on your module you must inform the system of that choice when you choose a Communications Format as described on page 10 5 For examples of each wiring format on the 1756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 see page 4 20 and page 4 25 Single Ended Wiring Method Single ended wiring compares one side of the signal input to signal ground This difference is used by the module in generating digital data for the controller When using the single ended wiring method all input devices are tied to a common ground In addition to the common ground the use of single ended wiring maximizes the number of usable channels on the module 8 channels for 1756 IF8 module amp 16 channels for the 1756 IF16
162. e owner listening controllers with its channel data The fault data is arranged in such a manner as to allow the user to choose the level of granularity he desires for examining fault conditions Three levels of tags work together to provide increasing degree of detail as to the specific cause of faults on the module The following tags can be examined in ladder logic to indicate when a fault has occurred e Module Fault Word This word provides fault summary reporting Its tag name is ModuleFaults e Channel Fault Word This word provides underrange overrange and communications fault reporting Its tag name is ChannelFaults e Channel Status Words This word provides individual channel underrange and overrange fault reporting for process alarms rate alarms and calibration faults Its tag name is ChxStatus Important Differences exist between floating point and integer modes as they relate to module fault reporting These differences are explained in the following two sections The following graphic provides an overview of the fault reporting process in floating point mode 15 14 13 12 11 ee When the module is calibrating all i bits in the Channel Fault word are set If set any bit in the Channel Fault word also sets the Analog Group Fault and Input Group Fault in the Module Fault word A channel calibration fault sets the calibration fault in the Module Fault word 3 ChxLA
163. e to 100 of a step change is double the RTS sample times To see how to choose a Module Filter see page 10 10 Real Time Sampling This parameter instructs the module to scan its input channels and obtain all available data After the channels are scanned the module multicasts that data This feature is used on a module wide basis During module configuration you specify a Real Time Sampling RTS period and a Requested Packet Interval RPI period Both of these features instruct the module to multicast data but only the RTS feature instructs the module to scan its channels before multicasting For more information on Real Time Sampling see chapter 2 For an example of how to set the RTS rate see page 10 10 Underrange Overrange Detection This feature detects when the non isolated input module is operating beyond limits set by the input range For example If you are using the 1756 IF16 module in the OV 10V input range and the module voltage increases to 11V the Overrange detection detects this condition Use the following table to see the input ranges of non isolated input modules and the lowest highest signal available in each range before the module detects an underrange overrange condition Table 4 E Low and High Signal Limits on Non Isolated Input Modules Input module Available range Lowestsignal Highest signal in range in range 1756 IF16 amp 10V 10 25V 10 25V 1756 IF8 OV 10V OV 10 25V 0V 5V OV 5
164. e used that meets or exceeds the required accuracy specifications The user is responsible for stig that the decade box maintains accuracy by periodic calibration as specified by the following vendors Electro Scientific Industries IET Labs J ulie Research Labs Portland OR Westbury NY New York NY Series DB 42 HARS X Series DR100 Series Calibrate in Either Program or Run Mode You must be online to calibrate your analog I O modules When you are online you can choose either Program or Run Mode as the state of your program during calibration We recommend the module not be actively controlling a process when you calibrate it Important The module will freeze the state of each channel and will not update the controller with new data until after calibration ends This could be hazardous if active control were attempted during calibration We recommend that you change your controller to Program Mode before beginning calibration File Ed Yee Bech Loge Goremaureretione Tonk yikes Help alala a Pope fe 2 wl I vbw le Use this pull down menu to Ar FE change to Run or Program Mode Gece i Pem Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Calibrating Input Modules Click here to continue calibration with the channels frozen at their current values Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 11 3 Input calibration is a multi step process that involves multiple services being sent to the module This section h
165. ect Controller Tags 2 Click on the right mouse button to display the menu 3 Select Monitor Tags You can view tags here Controller Tags User_doc controller ee m Local 1 1 Local 1 0 Local 2 C Local 2 1 Click on the slot number of the module you want to see A 2 Monitor Tags A Edit Tags IKI Controller Tags User_doc controller Local 2 1 Local 3 C Local 3 C RemoteT ermination Local 3 C CJDisable Local 3 C TempMode Local 3 C RealTimeS ample Local 3 C CJOffset Local 3 C ChOContig Local 3 C Ch1 Contig Local 3 C Ch2Contig Local 3 C Ch3Contig Local 3 C Ch4Contig Local 3 C Ch5Contig Local 3 1 Monitor Tags an al Configuration information is listed for each point on the module located at Local 3 C ARES o Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Using Software Configuration Tags B 11 Changing Configuration Some configurable features are changed on a module wide basis and some Through the Tags on a point by point basis Important Although you can change the value for any point in the tags the module s configuration is not updated until you download the information see page A 13 Before you make configuration changes y
166. ed it will remain set until it is unlatched Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 7 8 Non Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 amp 1756 OF8 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 Fault The following graphic provides an overview of the fault reporting process Reporting in Integer Mode in integer mode Module Fault Word 15 4 13 2 ll When the module is calibrating all 15 AnalogGroupFault bits in the Channel Fault word are set 12 Calibrating l 11 Cal Fault 14 amp 13 are not used b 1756 OF4 or OF8 If set any bit in the Channel Fault word also sets the Analog Group Fault in the Module Fault word Channel Fault Word i f t i t 7 Ch7Fault 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 6 Ch6fault t j i i i j i i t 5 Ch5Fau 4 Ch4Fau 3 Ch3Fau 2 Ch2Fau 1 ChlFau 0 ChOFau fo of ft ft f ft ft ef 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Channel Status Word 15 Ch0OpenWire 7 Ch4OpenWire Open Wire conditions Output in Hold conditions 14 ChOlnHold 6 Ch4lnHold 13 chidpenWire 5 chSdpenire odd numbered bits set even numbered bits must the appropriate bits in the be monitored here 41520 12 ChllnHold 4 Ch5InHo 11 Ch2OpenWire 3 Ch6OpenWire 10 Ch2InHold 2 Ch6lnHold 9 Ch30penWire 1 Ch70OpenWire 8 Ch3InHold 0 Ch7InHold m Channel fault Word
167. ee ee Understanding the Relationship Between Module Resolution Scaling and Data Format s 6 ise sed nee eae eee anew Module Resolution ahve doer eo heeg ooh to hy Oe Sealg reo pera Seat at tite eae Bee el eee ee Data Format as Related to Resolution and Scaling Chapter Summary and What s Next 00 Chapter 4 Choosing a Wiring Method 0 0 00 e eee eee Single Ended Wiring Method 2000 Differential Wiring Method 0000 5 High Speed Mode Differential Wiring Method Choosing a Data Format 0 0 0 cece ee eee Features Specific to Non Isolated Analog Input Modules Multiple Input Ranges 0 0 0 eee eee eee Mod l Filt r 4 2 ons niee uate tae hou eee aired Real Time Sampling s 2 0i goose eG ee Pe as Ha Underrange Overrange Detection 00 Digital Filtera eaa os heed oro eRe ge Sek et ne EE AG Process Alarms ya vs35a ea AG tee a ep a a se Rate Alan nhet oes eink a ee ee eae eee ad ws Wire Off Detection 5 acc ckerdbaw Kioiadeohebiadee cs Fault and Status Reporting Between the 1756 IF16 Module and Controllers Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF61 Temperature Measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I amp 1756 IT6l Fault and Status Reporting Between the 1756 IF8 Module and Controllers 04 4 15 1756 IF16 Module Wiring Examples and
168. emBisable M Local 3 C ChOContig Process4larmLatch Local 3 C ChOContig R ateAlarmLatch Local 3 C ChOConfig DigitalFilter ELocat 3 C ChOContig TenOhmOffset Local 3 C ChOConfig R ateAlarmLimit Local 3 C ChOConfig LowSignal Local 3 C ChOConfig HighSignal FLocak3 C ChOContfig LowEngineering Local 3 C ChOContig HighE pansamg gt Monitor Tags A Edt Tags K Eat tass 7 alol l l lolololol Using Software Configuration Tags B 13 Downloading New After you have changed the configuration data for a module the change Configuration Data does not actually take affect until you download the new information File Edi Yew peeh Loge Coremunceinna Took tine Hen PET ECCETCE a le Jke Pull down this menu and click _ gt here to download the new data Coneede Tage leew datie odie Soaps Um keken Fire p Spt Emanan aus Local T Pregl oF matin RSLogix 5000 verifies the download process with this pop up screen i Download to the controller ie Name User_doc Type 1756 L144 1756 M0 0 LOGIX5550 Using this communications configuration Driver AB_DF1 1 Path Click here to download new data Cancel This completes the download process Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 B 14 Using Software Configuration Tags Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Using Message Instructions
169. emperature value that corresponds to 30mV The following table displays the temperature range for each 1756 IR6I sensor type Values listed in Celsius Table 6 1 Temperature Limits for 1756 IR6I Sensor Types 1756 IR61 Copper Nickel 618 Nickel 672 Platinum Platinum Sensor type 427 385 3916 Low temperature 60 0 80 0 200 0 200 0 High temperature 260 0 250 0 320 0 870 0 630 0 To see how to choose a Sensor Type see page 10 16 Temperature Units The RTD 1756 IR6I and Thermocouple 1756 IT6I modules provide the choice of working in Celsius or Fahrenheit This choice affects all channels per module To see how to choose Temperature Units see page 10 16 Temperature Measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I amp 1756 IT6l 6 15 Cold J unction Compensation When using the Thermocouple 1756 IT6I module you must account for additional voltage that may be generated on the wiring connector The junction of thermocouple field wires with the screw terminations of an RTB generates a small voltage This thermoelectric effect alters the input signal To accurately measure the input signal from your module you must use a cold junction sensor CJS to account for the increased voltage RSLogix 5000 provides the following three CJS options for Thermocouple applications e Remote CJ Compensation option must be enabled if you decide to use a CJS on an IFM e CJ Offset option allows you to accurately account for o
170. en Integer and Floating Point The key difference between choosing integer mode or floating point mode is that integer is fixed between 32 768 and 32 767 counts and floating point mode provides scaling to represent I O data in specific engineering units for your application For example the table below shows the difference in the data returned from the 1756 IF6I module to the controller between data formats In this case the module uses the OmA 20mA input range with OmA scaled to 0 and 20mA scaled to 100 as shown in the graphic on page 3 8 Table 3 E Difference Between Data Formats in Applications Using the 1756 IF6 Module and An Input Range of OmA to 20mA Signal Fixed number of counts in Data representation in floating value integer mode point mode Eng units OmA 32768 counts 25 4mA 21003 counts 0 12mA 2526 counts 50 20mA 29369 counts 100 21mA 32767 counts 106 25 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 3 12 ControlLogix Analog I O Module Features Chapter Summary In this chapter you learned about using features common to all and What s Next ControlLogix analog I O modules Move to Chapter 4 to learn about non isolated analog input modules Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Chapter 4 Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 IF8 What This Chapter Contains This chapter describes features specific to ControlLogix non isolated analog voltage current input
171. er P 3 P Process Alarms 1756 IF16 amp 1756 IF8 modules 4 7 1756 IF6I module 5 6 1756 IR6I and 1756 IT6I modules 6 6 considerations with the 1756 IF16 module 4 7 set alarm deadband in RSLogix 5000 10 11 set alarms for input modules in RSLogix 5000 10 11 unlatch in RSLogix 5000 10 11 Producer consumer communications 1 1 model 1 1 3 4 Program Mode P 3 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 R Ramping limiting the rate of change in an output signal 7 3 8 3 maximum ramp rate 7 3 8 3 set output module rate in RSLogix 5000 10 15 Rate Alarm 4 7 1756 IF16 amp 1756 IF8 modules 4 7 1756 IF6I module 5 6 1756 IR6I and 1756 IT6I modules 6 6 considerations when using 1756 IF16 module 4 7 set alarm in RSLogix 5000 10 11 Real Time Sample RTS 4 5 5 4 6 4 in a local chassis 2 4 in a remote chassis 2 6 setting in RSLogix 5000 10 11 Remote Chassis using input modules 2 6 using output modules 2 9 Removal and Insertion Under Power RIUP P 3 1 1 1 4 3 2 9 1 Requested Packet Interval RPI P 3 2 5 adjusting in RSLogix 5000 10 13 10 10 Revision major P 3 3 3 10 3 10 5 minor P 3 3 3 10 3 10 5 RSNetworx adding a new module to a networked chassis 2 2 using with RSLogix 5000 2 2 Run Mode P 3 S Scaling setting input module parameters in RSLogix 5000 10 11 setting output module parameters in RSLogix 5000 10 14 understanding its relationship with module resolution and data format
172. er of a 1756 IT6I distinguishes exactly which module a message is designated for Important Use the Browse button to see a list of the I O modules in the system You choose a path when you choose a module from the list You must name an I O module during initial module configuration to choose a path for your message instruction Beco Conkpenaon So Oe AA_ lam_unieich Ei Ee Bara o a Use this Browse SiL JFE button to see a list such as the E r 4 one displayed r below E Cache Connectors Enia Enable eating et F Doa Dom Length 0 incr Bode D Tinsi Oui Em eaded Erns Come CE a l F tmj oe brem Hoe Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 C 6 Using Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Unlatch Alarms in the 1756 IF6l Example Rungs 0 4 show how to unlatch the following alarms in a 1756 IF6I module named Slot_ _IF6I e Channel 0 High high alarm Rung 0 e Channel 0 High alarm Rung 1 e Channel 0 Low alarm Rung 2 e Channel 0 Low low alarm Rung 3 e Channel 0 Rate alarm Rung 4 Important An I O module must be configured to latch alarms see pages 10 10 amp 10 15 before you can perform unlatch services using ladder logic If an unlatch service is received by a module not configured to latch alarms the message instruction will error Also all alarms for channel 0 can be unlatched simultaneously with a single message instruction by leaving the object
173. er to publication 1770 4 1 Programmab CSA certification Class Division 2 Group A FM approved Class I Division 2 Group A B Shielded cable required newn o e Controller Wiring and Grounding Guidelines B C D or nonhazardous locations C D or nonhazardous locations 1756 OF4 Specifications Module Specifications A 7 Number of Outputs 4 voltage or current outputs Module Location 1756 ControlLogix Chassis Backplane Current 150mA 5 1V dc amp 120mA 24V dc 3 65W Power Dissipation within Module Thermal Dissipation 3 2W 4 channel current 10 91 BTU hr Output Range 0 to 21mA 10 4V Resolution 15 bits across 21mA 650nA bit 15 bits across 10 4V 320uV bit Data Format Integer mode 2s complement Floating point IEEE 32 bit Open Circuit Detection Current output only Output must be set to gt 0 1mA Output Overvoltage Protection 24V dc Output Short Circuit Protection Electronically current limited to 21mA or less Drive Capability gt 2000Q voltage 0 750Q current Output Settling Time lt 2ms to 95 of final value with resistive loads Calibrated Accuracy at 25 C Calibration Interval Better than 0 05 of range from 4mA to 21mA 10 4V to 10 4V Twelve months typical Output Offset Drift with Temperature 50 uV degree C typical 100nA degree C typical Gain Drift with Temperature 25 ppm degree C ma
174. ermal Dissipation 43W 14 66 BTU hr Input Range 1 4879 2 1000Q 4 2000Q 8 4020Q Resolution in Ranges Approximately 16 bits across each input range 4870 7 7mQ count 1000Q 15mQ count 2000Q 30mQ count 40202 60mQ count Sensors Supported Resistance 4 4020Q 100 200 500 10009 Platinum alpha 385 100 200 500 1000Q Platinum alpha 3916 120 Nickel alpha 672 100 120 200 500 Nickel alpha 618 10Q Copper Data Format Integer mode 2s complement Floating point IEEE 32 bit Open Circuit Detection Time Positive full scale reading within 5s with any combination of lost wires except input terminal B alone If input terminal B is lost by itself the module reads a negative full scale reading within 5s Overvoltage Protection 24V ac dc maximum Normal Mode Noise Rejection 60dB at 60Hz Common Mode Noise Rejection 120dB at 60Hz 100db at 50Hz Channel Bandwidth 15Hz Settling Time to 5 of Full Scale lt 80ms Calibrated Accuracy at 25 C Calibration Interval Better than 0 1 of range 12 months typical Input Offset Drift with Temperature 10mQ degree C Gain Drift with Temperature 50 ppm degree C typical 90 ppm maximum Module Error over Full Temp Range 0 54 of range Module Scan Time for all Channels Sample Rate 25ms minimum floating point ohms 50ms minimum floating point temperature 10ms minimum integer ohms Module Conversion Method
175. es of Application Specific Screens Click on the Finish Button to Use Default_Configuration Makecustom configuration choices here Edit a module s ___ module s configuration here configuration Configuration complete Y Pop up menu leads to a properties y A series of tabs in RSLogix 5000 provide access to change a module s configuration data gt FINISH 41058 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 10 4 Configuring the ControlLogix Analog I O Module Creating a New Module After you have started RSLogix 5000 and created a processor you must create a new module The wizard allows you to create a new module and configure it Important You must be offline when you create a new module METERT ayr J alae a a If you are not offline use this pull down menu to go offline alaa 2 ee eA e AS a eT hi E al 4 ETSI ES Fe ka 1 Select I O Configuration 2 Click on the right mouse button to display the menu 3 Select New Module Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Configuring the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Module 10 5 A screen appears with a list of possible new modules for your application Tepe Alger Feeney era i Make sure the PE Major Revision Pen mr Irgi number matches 5 Powe BR inp si Giused Harisa wotg ME label on the 1 Select a mo
176. et position once it has been triggered even if the condition causing the alarm to occur disappears Data Format Your analog I O module will multicast data in one of two formats e integer mode uses a 16 bit signed format and allows faster sampling rates while using less memory in the controller but also limits the availability of features on your module e floating point mode uses a 32 bit IEEE floating point format During initial configuration you must choose a Communications Format This selection determines what data type you receive from the module For more information on Communications Formats see page 10 6 For a more detailed explanation of Data Formats as they relate to module resolution and scaling see the next section Module Inhibiting Inhibiting allows you to write configuration for an I O module but prevent the module from communicating with the owner controller In this case the owner does not establish a connection and configuration is not sent to the module until the connection is uninhibited Important Whenever you inhibit an output module it enters the program mode and all outputs change to the state configured for the program mode For example if an output module is configured so that the state of the outputs got to zero 0 during program mode whenever that module is inhibited the outputs will go to zero 0 The following three concepts are closely related and must be explained in conjunction wit
177. et until the output reaches its target value and ramping stops If the bit is latched it will remain set until it is unlatched ChxLLimitAlarm Bit 1 This bit is set when the requested output value is beneath the configured low limit value It remains set until the requested output is above the low limit If the bit is latched it will remain set until it is unlatched ChxHLimitAlarm Bit 0 This bit is set when the requested output value is above the configured high limit value It remains set until the requested output is below the high limit If the bit is latched it will remain set until it is unlatched Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 8 8 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI amp 1756 OF6VI Fault Reporting in Integer Mode The following graphic provides an overview of the fault reporting process Module Fault Word 15 AnalogGroupFault 13 OutGroupFault 12 Calibrating 11 Cal Fault 14 is not used by the OF6CI or OF6VI Channel Fault Word 5 Ch5Fault 4 Ch4Fault 3 Ch3Fault 2 Ch2Fault 1 Ch1Fault 0 ChOFault Channel Status Word 14 ChOlnHold 12 ChllnHold 10 Ch2InHold 8 Ch3InHold 6 Ch4InHold 4 Ch5InHold in integer mode 15 14 113 12 11 l When the module is calibrating all bits in the Channel Fault word are set If set any bit in the Channel Fault word also sets the Analog Group Fault and Output Group Fault in the Module Fault
178. f in Differential Current Applications When a wire off condition occurs for a module channel wired for differential current applications the following occurs e Input data for that channel changes to the scaled value associated with the underrange signal value of the selected operational range in floating point mode minimum possible scaled value or 32 768 counts in integer mode e The ChxUnderrange x channel number tag is set to 1 Important In current applications if wire off detection occurs for one of the following reasons because the RTB has been disconnected from the module both the signal wire and the jumper wire have been disconnected the module reacts with the same conditions as described in voltage applications For more information about tags in the tag editor see Appendix B Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 4 10 Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 1F16 IF8 Fault and Status Reporting Between the 1756 IF16 Module and Controllers Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 The 1756 IF16 module multicasts status fault data to the owner listening controller with its channel data The fault data is arranged in such a manner as to allow the user to choose the level of granularity he desires for examining fault conditions Three levels of tags work together to provide an increasing degree of detail as to the specific cause of faults on the module The following tags can be exam
179. f the High and Low Clamp values Considerations With This Ladder Logic Example Remember the following when using this method of module reconfiguration using the reset service e When this method of reconfiguration is used on Output modules ALL module outputs will be reset to Zero for at least three seconds e This method of reconfiguration will cause a Major Fault in the controller if the module was initially configured to do so on the following screen i Module Prepeiters Lora E 1756 01 1 1 Generel Connector iie i Configure Capot Sisa Lint Cothestinn Backplare Bapsste Poche tiered RPE 0S we ALO Teen Pritt birda E xfer Fault in Corder i Tonachio Finds whs in Flan Mocks Horde Font e All Listen Only controllers will lose their connections to the module for a minimum of three seconds after the Reset is performed Using Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration C 11 e Ifthe Reconfiguration is performed on an Input module with multiple owners then all owners will lose their connections simultaneously after the Reset is performed In order to re establish all their connections all owners must change their configuration to the same values BEFORE the Reset is performed The following ladder example shows how to change the High and Low Engineering Values Scaling Parameters for an Analog Output module in Slot 3 of the Local Chassis Rung 0 This rung moves new Channel 0 sc
180. ffset inaccuracies in the CJS e CJ Disable option must be enabled if you decide not to use a CJS with your application To see how to set these options see page 10 17 Important If you use an IFM to connect wiring to your thermocouple module you do not need to attach the CJS The IFM compensates for any additional voltage has a CJS internally To ease installation wire terminal 12 before connecting the cold junction sensor 10 Keo a E O eE 14 20908 M re 2 The CJS is part number 94238301 Contact your local Allen Bradley sales representative to order additional sensors if necessary Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 6 16 Temperature Measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I amp 1756 IT61 1756 IR6I Module Wiring Examples and Specifications IMPORTANT For 2 wire resistor applications including calibration make sure na gt IN x B and RTN x C are shorted together as shown IN 1 A IN 1 B RTN 1 C IN 3 A IN 3 B RTN 3 C Not used IN 5 A IN 5 B RTN 5 C 1756 IR6I 3 Wire RTD wiring example ioe IDI ID G5 RTN 0 c I gD IN 2 A ie Gp IN 2 B
181. filter time constant elapses 63 2 of the total response is reached Each additional time constant achieves 63 2 of the remaining response 100 Unfiltered input TA 0 01 sec TA 0 5 sec TSSA TA 0 99 sec k 16723 0 0 01 0 5 0 99 Time in Seconds Important The digital filter is only available in applications using floating point mode Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 6 6 Temperature Measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I amp 1756 IT61 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Process Alarms Process alarms alert you when the module has exceeded configured high or low limits for each channel You can latch process alarms These are set at four user configurable alarm trigger points High high High Low Low low Important Process alarms are only available in applications using floating point mode The values for each limit are entered in scaled engineering units You may configure an Alarm Deadband to work with these alarms The deadband allows the process alarm status bit to remain set despite the alarm condition disappearing as long as the input data remains within the deadband of the process alarm To see how to set Process Alarms see page 10 10 Rate Alarm The rate alarm triggers if the rate of change between input samples for each channel exceeds the specified trigger point for that channel Important The rate alarm is only available in applications using float
182. format defines the format of channel data sent from the controller to the module defines the format of the data echo that the module produces and determines the features that are available to your application You can choose one of the two following data formats e Integer mode e Floating point mode The following table shows which features are available in each format Table 7 B Features Available in Each Data Format Data format Features available Features not available Integer mode Ramp to program value Clamping Ramp to fault value Hold for initialization Ramp in Run mode Rate and Limit alarms Hold Last State or User Scaling Value in fault or program mode Floating point All features N A mode Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Features Specific to Analog Output Modules Non solated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 amp 1756 OF8 7 3 The following features are available only with analog output modules Ramping Rate Limiting Ramping limits the speed at which an analog output signal can change This prevents fast transitions in the output from damaging the devices that an output module controls Ramping is also known as rate limiting Ramping is possible in the following situations e Run mode ramping Occurs during run mode and begins operation at the configured maximum ramp rate when the module receives a new output level Important This is only available in floating point mode
183. gt 1000Q loads 10mA maximum Output Settling Time lt 2ms to 95 of final value with resistive loads Calibrated Accuracy at 25 C Calibration Interval Better than 0 1 of range 12 months typical Output Offset Drift with Temperature 60 uV degree C typical Gain Drift with Temperature 50 ppm degree C typical 80 ppm maximum Module Error over Full Temp Range 0 5 of range Minimum Module Scan Time for all Channels 25ms minimum floating point 10ms minimum integer Isolation Voltage Channel to channel User to system Optoisolated transformer isolated 100 tested at 1700V dc for 1s based on 250V ac 100 tested at 1700V dc for 1s based on 250V ac Module Conversion Method R Ladder DAC monotonicity with no missing codes Capacitive Load lt 1 uFd Module Keying Backplane Electronic RTB Screw Torque NEMA 7 9 inch pounds 0 8 1Nm RTB Keying User defined RTB and Housing 20 Position RTB 1756 TBNH or TBSH Environmental Conditions Operating Temperature 0 to 60 C 32 to 140 F Storage Temperature 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Relative Humidity 5 to 95 noncondensing Conductors Wire Size 22 14 gauge 2mm stranded 3 64 inch 1 2mm insulation maximum Category 223 Screwdriver Width for RTB 5 16 inch 8mm maximum Agency Certification i when product or packaging a is marked Gi Class Div 2 Hazardous a Class Div 2 Hazardous Ce
184. h each other e Module Resolution e Scaling e Data Formats ControlLogix Analog I O Module Features 3 7 Module Resolution Resolution is the smallest amount of change that the module can detect Analog input modules are capable of 16 bit resolution Output modules are capable of 13 16 bit resolution depending on the module type The 16 bits represent 65 536 counts This total is fixed but the value of each count is determined by the operational range you choose for your module For example if you are using the 1756 IF6I module your module s available current range equals 21mA Divide your range by the number of counts to figure out the value of each count In this case one count is approximately 0 34UA Important A module s resolution is fixed It will not change regardless of what data format you choose or how you decide to scale your module in floating point mode Module resolution FHH OmA 21mA 65 536 counts 21mA 65 536 counts 0 34uA count Use the following table to see the resolution for each module s range Table 3 A Current Values Represented in Engineering Units Module Range Number of Resolution significant bits 1756 IF16 IF8 10 25V 16 bits 320uV count OV 10 25V 160uV count OV 5 125V 80uV count OmA 20 5mA 0 32uA count 1756 IF6l 10 5V 16 bits 343uV count oV 10 5V 171pV count oV 5 25V 86uV count OmA 21mA 0 34uA count 1756 IR6I 1Q 487Q 16 bits
185. hest level of fault detection A nonzero condition in this word reveals that a fault exists on the module You can examine further down to isolate the fault The following tags can be examined in ladder logic to indicate when a fault has occurred e Analog Group Fault This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is AnalogGroupFault Calibrating This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated When this bit is set all bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is Calibrating Calibration Fault This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set Its tag name is CalibrationFault Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 4 12 Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 1F16 IF8 1756 IF16 Channel Fault Word Bits in Floating Point Mode 1756 IF 16 Channel Status Word Bits in Floating Point Mode Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 During normal module operation bits in the Channel Fault word are set if any of the respective channels has an Under or Overrange condition Checking this word for a nonzero value is a quick way to check for Under or Overrange conditions on the module The following conditions set all Channel Fault word bits e A channel is being calibrated in this case the module sets the bits to display the following FFFF for single ended wiring applications OOFF for differential wiring applications
186. his completes the download process Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Configuring the ControlLogix Analog I O Module 10 19 Editing Configuration After you set configuration for a module you can review and change it You can change configuration data and download it to the controller while online This is called dynamic reconfiguration Your freedom to change some configurable features though depends on whether the controller is in Remote Run Mode or Program Mode Important Although you can change configuration while online you must go offline to add or delete modules from the program The editing process begins on the main page of RSLogix 5000 1 Select the module 2 Click on the right mouse button to display the menu 3 Select Properties You see this screen Click on the tab of the page you want to view or reconfigure Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 10 20 Configuring the ControlLogix Analog I O Module Reconfiguring Module Parameters in Run Mode 1 Make the necessary configuration changes In this example all configurable features are enabled in Run Mode Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Your module can operate in Remote Run Mode or Hard Run Mode You can only change any configurable features that are enabled by the software in Remote Run Mode If any feature is disabled in either Run Mode change the controller to Program Mode and make the necessary changes For example
187. ief area 20860 M Installing the ControlLogix 1 0 Module 9 5 Recommendations for Wiring Your RTB We recommend you follow these guidelines when wiring your RTB 1 Begin wiring the RTB at the bottom terminals and move up 2 Use a tie to secure the wires in the strain relief area of the RTB 3 Order and use an extended depth housing Cat No 1756 TBE for applications that require heavy gauge wiring Refer to table below for the page number of the specific wiring diagram for each ControlLogix I O module Table 9 A Wiring Diagrams Catalog number Wiring connections 1756 IF16 4 20 1756 IF8 4 25 1756 IF6l 5 20 1756 IR6 6 16 1756 IT6l 6 16 1756 OF4 1 9 1756 OF8 7 11 1756 OF6Cl 8 9 1756 OF6VI 8 11 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 9 6 Installing the ControlLogix I O Module Assembling The Removable Removable housing covers the wired RTB to protect wiring connections Terminal Block and the when the RTB is seated on the module Housing URTE 1 Align the grooves at the bottom of each side of the housing with the side edges of the RTB 2 Slide the RTB into the housing until it snaps into place Side edge of RTB Strain relief area 1756 TBCH RTB shown for reference 20858 M Important If additional wire routing space is required for your application use extended depth housing 1756 TBE Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Installing the Removable Terminal Block
188. iele haf eeeeeke nm SRT I elelele ay D VOUT 0 i IOUT 0 D Current output RTN load VOUT 1 IOUT 1 Shield VOUT 2 goung IOUT 2 RTN VOUT 3 IOUT 3 40916 M 1756 OF4 Voltage wiring example Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used F I mor SISSIES o lonl didibdddt ay a doe D VOUT 0 N _ IOUT 0 RTN VOUT 1 Shield IOUT 1 goung VOUT 2 IOUT 2 RTN VOUT 3 IOUT 3 40917 M Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 7 10 Non Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 amp 1756 OF8 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 1756 OF4 Specifications Number of Outputs 4 voltage or current outputs Module Location 1756 ControlLogix Chassis Backplane Current 150mA 5 1V dc amp 120mA 24V dc 3 65W Power Dissipation within Module Thermal Dissipation 3 2W 4 channel current 10 91 BTU hr Output Range 0 to 21mA 10 4V Resolution 15 bits across 21mA 650nA bit 15
189. igProgValue if either the ChOConfigRampToFault or ChOConfigRampToProg bits are set respectively or in Run mode if ChOConfigRampToRun is set In terms of percent full scale per second ChOConfigFault REAL All outputs Defines the value in engineering terms the output should take on if a Value communications fault occurs when the ChOConfigFaultMode bit it set ChOConfigProg REAL All outputs Defines the value in engineering units the output should take on when Value the connection transitions to Program mode if the ChOConfigProgMode bit is set ChOConfigLow REAL All outputs Defines the minimum value the output is allowed to take on within the Limit process If an output beneath the low limit is requested the ChOLLimit alarm is set and the output signal will remain at the configured low limit ChOConfigHigh REAL All outputs Defines the maximum value the output is allowed to take on within the Limit process If an output above the high limit is requested the ChOHLimit alarm is set and the output signal will remain at the configured high limit Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 B 10 Using Software Configuration Tags Accessing the Tags When you access tags you have two options You can e monitor tags this option allows you to view tags and change their values e edit tags this option allows you to add or delete tags but not to change their values lf p ee ewes ope penri Jai hiba jhe aaa a aer a a it ai 1 Sel
190. imestamped Float Data Important Once the module is created the communications format cannot be changed The module must be deleted and recreated Configuring the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Module 10 9 Electronic Keying When you write configuration for a module you can choose how specific the keying must be when a module is inserted into a slot in the chassis The screen below shows the choices available when you are configuring any analog module bean m f 4 Eere farg i ranpanbde Hri ee ee e For more information on electronic keying see page 3 3 Using the Default Configuration If you use the default configuration and click on Finish you are done Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 10 10 Configuring the ControlLogix Analog I O Module Altering the Default If you write specific configuration and click on Next you see the series of Configuration for wizard screens that enable you to configure the module This example Input Modules shows the process for input modules To see an example for output modules see page 10 13 Although each screen maintains importance during online monitoring some of the screens that appear during this initial module configuration process are blank They are shown here to maintain the graphical integrity of RSLogix 5000 To see these screens in use see Appendix A After the naming page this series of screens appears m Hew Hedin Lacat J 17E 1 4 Adjust the Requested P
191. imit Ramp and Rate Alarms here Set Ramp Rate here Unlatch Process Alarms here These buttons are only enabled when the module is online Moving slide controls will change Clamp Limit trigger Click here to move Click here to accept the parameters points Hold the shift key down while sliding the control to the next page you have configured for your module This screen appears next in the wizard series of screens It is used during calibration but not initial configuration This screen appears last in the wizard series of screens It is used during online monitoring but not initial configuration for easier value selection IMPORTANT The last two screens only appear if you click on Next after setting the process alarms above re R T Adi 1 io Bue Click here to move Click here to accept the parameters to the next page you have configured for your module Click here to accept the parameters you have configured for your module Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 10 16 Configuring the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Module Configuring the RTD Module The RTD module Cat No 1756 IR6I has additional configurable points temperature units and 10Q copper offset options All of this module s configuration screens match the series listed for input modules beginning on page 10 10 except for the third screen The screen below shows the aforementioned screen for the 1756 IR6I module IMPORTANT Set all the configur
192. ined in ladder logic to indicate when a fault has occurred Module Fault Word This word provides fault summary reporting Its tag name is ModuleFaults Channel Fault Word This word provides underrange overrange and communications fault reporting Its tag name is ChannelFaults When examining the Channel Fault Word for faults remember the following 16 channels are used in single ended wiring 8 channels are used in differential wiring 4channels are used in high speed differential wiring All bits start with bit 0 Channel Status Words These words one per channel provide individual channel underrange and overrange fault reporting for process alarms rate alarms and calibration faults Its tag name is ChxStatus Important Differences exist between floating point and integer modes as they relate to module fault reporting These differences are explained in the following two sections 1756 IF16 Fault Reporting in Floating Point Mode Module Fault Word 15 AnalogGroupFault 10 Calibrating 9 Cal Fault 14 13 12 amp 11 are not used Channel Fault Word 15 Ch15Fault 7 Ch7Fault 14 Ch14Fault 6 Ch6Fault 13 Ch13Fault 5 Ch5Fault 12 Ch12Fault 4 Ch4Fault 11 Ch11Fault 3 Ch3Fault 10 Ch10Fault 2 Ch2Fault 9 Ch9Fault 1 Ch1Fault 8 Ch8Fault 0 ChOFault 16 channels used in S E wiring 8 channels used in Diff wiring 4 channels used in H S Diff wiring All start at bit 0
193. ineering LowEngineering LowEngineering HighSignal Low Signal ChOConfigLow REAL All One of four points used in scaling The low engineering helps determine Engineering the engineering units the signal values scale into The low engineering term corresponds to the low signal value The scaling equation used is data Signal LowSignal HighEngineering LowEngineering LowEngineering HighSignal Low Signal CO0ConfigHigh REAL All One of four points used in scaling The high engineering helps Engineering determine the engineering units the signal values scale into The high engineering term corresponds to the high signal value The scaling equation used is data Signal LowSignal HighEngineering LowEngineering LowEngineering HighSignal Low Signal ChOConfigLAlarm REAL All inputs The low alarm trigger point Causes the ChOLAlarm to trigger when the Limit input signal moves beneath the configured trigger point In terms of engineering units ChOConfigHAlarm REAL All inputs The high alarm trigger point Causes the ChOHAlarm to trigger when the Limit input signal moves above the configured trigger point In terms of engineering units ChOConfigLLAlarm REAL All inputs The low low alarm trigger point Causes the ChOLLAlarm to trigger Limit when the input signal moves beneath the configured trigger point In terms of engineering units ChOConfigHH REAL All inputs The high high alarm trigger point Causes the ChOHHAlarm to trigger AlarmLimit when the input signal
194. ing point mode For example if you set an IF6I with normal scaling in Volts to a rate alarm of 1 0 V S the rate alarm will only trigger if the difference between measured input samples changes at a rate gt 1 0 V S If the module s RTS is 100 ms i e sampling new input data every 100ms and at time 0 the module measures 5 0 volts and at time 100ms measures 5 08 V the rate of change is 5 08V 5 0V 100mS 0 8 V S The rate alarm would not set as the change is less than the trigger point of 1 0V s If the next sample taken is 4 9V the rate of change is 4 9V 5 08V 100mS 1 8V S The absolute value of this result is gt 1 0V S so the rate alarm will set Absolute value is used because rate alarm checks for the magnitude of the rate of change being beyond the trigger point whether a positive or negative excursion To see how to set the Rate Alarm see page 10 10 Temperature Measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I amp 1756 IT61 6 7 10 Ohm Offset This feature allows you to compensate for a small offset error in a 10 ohm copper RTD Values can range from 0 99 to 0 99 ohms in units of 0 01 ohms For example if the resistance of a copper RTD used with this channel was 9 74 ohms at 25 C you would enter 0 26 in this field To see how to set the 10 Ohm Offset see page 10 16 Wire Off Detection The ControlLogix temperature measuring modules will alert you when a wire has been disconnected from one of their ch
195. ing point mode minimum possible scaled value or 32 767 counts in integer mode e The ChxUnderrange x channel number tag is set to 1 e Input data for even numbered channels changes to the scaled value associated with the overrange signal value of the selected operational range in floating point mode maximum possible scaled value or 32 767 counts in integer mode e The ChxOverrange x channel number tag is set to 1 For more information about tags in the tag editor see Appendix B Wire Off in Single Ended Current Applications When a wire off condition occurs for a channel wired for single ended current applications the following occurs e Input data for that channel changes to the scaled value associated with the underrange signal value of the selected operational range in floating point mode minimum possible scaled value or 32 768 counts in integer mode e The ChxUnderrange x channel number tag is set to 1 Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 IF8 4 9 Wire Off in Differential Voltage Applications When a wire off condition occurs for a module channel wired for differential voltage applications the following occurs e Input data for that channel changes to the scaled value associated with the overrange signal value of the selected operational range in floating point mode maximum possible scaled value or 32 768 counts in integer mode e The ChxOverrange x channel number tag is set to 1 Wire Of
196. ing the 1756 OF6CI Module 11 18 Calibrating the 1756 OF6VI Module 11 22 Calibrating the 1756 OF4 11 26 or 1756 OF8 Modules Chapter Summary and What s Next 11 30 Your ControlLogix analog I O module comes from the factory with a default calibration You may choose to recalibrate your module to increase its accuracy for your specific application This chapter is broken into two sections calibrating input modules and calibrating output modules You do not have to configure a module before you calibrate it If you decide to calibrate your analog I O modules first you must add them to your program To see how to add a new module to your program see page 10 4 Important Analog I O modules can be calibrated on a channel by channel basis or with the channels grouped together Regardless of which option you choose we recommend you calibrate all channels on your module each time you calibrate This will help you maintain consistent calibration readings and improve module accuracy Calibration is meant to correct any hardware inaccuracies that may be present on a particular channel The calibration procedure compares a known standard either input signal or recorded output with the channel s performance and then calculating a linear correction factor between the measured and the ideal The linear calibration correction factor is applied on every input or output same to obtain maximum accuracy Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998
197. inition Modules ChOConfigFault Mode BOOL All outputs Selects the behavior the output channel should take if a communications fault were to occur Either hold last state 0 or go to a user defined value 1 ChOConfigFaultValue defines the value to go to on fault if the bit is set ChOConfigProg BOOL All outputs Selects the behavior the output channel when transitioned into Program Mode mode Either hold last state 0 or go to a user defined value 1 ChOConfigProgValue defines the value to go to on program if the bit is set ChOConfigRampTo BOOL All outputs Enables ramping of the output value during Run mode between the Run current output level and a newly requested output Ramping defines the maximum rate the output is allowed to transition at based upon the configured ChOConfigRampRate ChOConfigRampToProg BOOL All outputs Enables ramping of the output value to a user defined program value ChOConfigProgValue when set Ramping defines the maximum rate the output is allowed to transition at based upon the configured ChOConfigRampRate ChOConfigRampToFaul BOOL All outputs Enables ramping of the output value to a user defined fault value t ChOFaultValue when set Ramping defines the maximum rate the output is allowed to transition at based upon the configured ChOConfigRampRate ChOConfigMax INT All outputs Configures the maximum rate at which the output value may change RampRate when transitioning to either the ChOConfigFaultValue or ChOConf
198. intaining wiring connections Slots for keying Mechanically keys the RTB to prevent inadvertently making the wrong wire connections to your module Status indicators Indicators display the status of communication module health and presence of input output devices Use these indicators to help in troubleshooting Top and bottom guides Guides provide assistance in seating the RTB onto the module Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 1 4 What Are ControlLogix Analog I O Modules Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Removal and Insertion Under Power Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 This module is sensitive to electrostatic discharge ATTENTION Electrostatic discharge can damage integrated circuits or semiconductors if you touch backplane connector pins Follow these guidelines when you handle the module e Touch a grounded object to discharge static potential e Wear an approved wrist strap grounding device e Do not touch the backplane connector or connector pins e Do not touch circuit components inside the module e If available use a static safe work station e When not in use keep the module in its static shield box These modules are designed to be installed or removed while chassis power ATTENTION When you insert or remove a module while backplane power is applied an electrical arc may occur An electrical arc can cause personal injury or property damage by e sending an erroneous signal to you
199. ion 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Wire Off Conditions for the 1756 IR6 Module in Ohms Applications There are two conditions in which the 1756 IR6I module detects a disconnected wire in ohms applications 1 When any combination of wires are disconnected from the module except the loss of a wire from terminal B by itself see wiring diagram on page 6 16 the following occurs e input data for the channel changes to the highest scaled ohm value associated with the selected ohms range e the ChxOverrange x channel number tag is set to 1 For more information about tags in the tag editor see Appendix B 2 When only the wire connected to terminal B see wiring diagram on page 6 16 is lost the following occurs e input data for the channel changes to the lowest scaled ohm value associated with the selected ohms range e the ChxUnderrange x channel number tag is set to 1 For more information about tags in the tag editor see Appendix B Wire Off Conditions for the 1756 IT6 Module in Temperature Applications When wires are disconnected from the 1756 IT6I module in temperature applications the following occurs e input data for the channel changes to the highest scaled temperature value associated with the selected thermocouple type e the ChxOverrange x channel number tag is set to 1 For more information about tags in the tag editor see Appendix B Wire Off Conditions for the 1756 IT6 Module in Millivolt Applications When
200. ion with I O modules in a remote chassis Removable Field wiring connector for I O modules terminal block RTB Removal and ControlLogix feature that allows a user to install or remove a insertion under module or RTB while power is applied power RIUP Requested packet A configurable parameter which defines when the module will interval RPI multicast data Run mode In this mode the controller program is executing Inputs are actively producing data Outputs are actively controlled Service A system feature that is performed on user demand System side Backplane side of the interface to the I O module Tag A named area of the controller s memory where data is stored like a variable Timestamping ControlLogix process that stamps a change in input output or diagnostic data with a time reference indicating when that change occurred Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 P 4 About This User Manual Related Products and Documentation Rockwell Automation Support Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 The following table lists related ControlLogix products and documentation Cat number Document title Pub number 1756 PA72 ControlLogix Power Supply Installation Instructions 1756 5 1 PB72 1756 A4 ControlLogix Chassis Installation Instructions 1756 5 2 A7 A10 A13 A17 1756 Series ControlLogix Module Installation Instructions 1756 5 5 Each module has separate document for 5 42 i
201. iring and Grounding Guidelines B C D or nonhazardous locations C D or nonhazardous locations Module Property page Latch process alarms here Tag editor Latch process alarms here Appendix B Using Software Configuration Tags Important Although this appendix presents the option of changing a module s configuration through the Tag Editor of RSLogix 5000 we suggest that you use the configuration screens to update and download configuration changes when possible When you write configuration for a module you create tags in the Tag Editor of RSLogix 5000 Each configurable feature on your module has a distinct tag in the processor s ladder logic The series of tags that are generated vary for each module There is also variation among the tags for any particular module depending on which Communications Format you chose during configuration For example the 1756 IF6I module has eight choices for Communications Format Float Data Integer Data Listen Only CST Timestamped Float Data Listen Only CST Timestamped Integer Data Listen Only Float Data Listen Only Integer CST Float and CST Integer The following screens show the difference between latching process alarms through the Module property page or the Tag Editor Leat Anish ee HE E Epi C aa n T Leal 20 allergy Alege la a Lena 0 ordig Aker ala Feral U0 TH orig Pom ered ade Doct 21 Mirig Fl tabard wich af fy m T Loca C rig Tarr Loc
202. lLogix System ix Table of Contents Chapter 1 What are ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 1 1 Using An Analog Module in the ControlLogix System 1 2 Features of the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 1 3 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge 000 1 4 Removal and Insertion Under Power 0 1 4 Compliance to European Union Directives 1 5 EMC Directive scious ea hot eee ens peewee be 88 1 5 Low Voltage Directive 2 25 2icaerde dude out beddan nts 1 5 Chapter Summary and What s Next 00 1 6 Chapter 2 Ownership and Connections 0 00 e cence eee eee 2 1 Using RSNetWorx and RSLogix 5000 04 2 2 DINE CUM ONHECHONS a ae tie ant ahd hot th hte pe A Ae hast 2 3 Input Module Operation o 45642 4 414 4 40 See Ce eas 2 4 Input Modules in a Local Chassis 00005 2 4 Real Time Sample RTS 0 0 0 0 00 002 ee ee 2 4 Requested Packet Interval RPD 005 2 5 Input Modules in a Remote Chassis 0 2 6 Best Case RTS Scenanio i460 pase dle eke Beka ene oe 2 7 Worst Case RTS Scenario c 02 ged eee oe hades 2 7 Output Module Operation 0 0 2 8 Output Modules in a Local Chassis 005 2 8 Output Modules in a Remote Chassis 0 2 9 Best Case RPI Scenario lt 5 cows esa peed en SOO OMS 2 9 Worst Case RPI Scenario 2 0 0
203. lable Integer mode Multiple input ranges Process alarms Module filter Digital filtering Real time sampling Rate alarms Scaling Floating point mode All features See below Important When using the 1756 IF16 module in single ended mode i e 16 channel mode with floating point data format process alarms and rate alarms are not available This condition exists only when the 1756 IF16 is wired for single ended mode The 1756 IF8 is not affected Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 4 4 Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 1F16 IF8 Features Specific to Non Isolated Analog Input Modules Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 The following features are available on ControlLogix non isolated input modules Multiple Input Ranges You can select from a series of operational ranges for each channel on your module The range designates the minimum and maximum signals that are detectable by the module Table 4 C Possible Input Ranges Module Possible ranges 1756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 10 to 10V 0 to 5V 0 to 10V 0 to 20mA For an example of how to choose an input range for your module see chapter 10 Module Filter The module filter is a built in feature of the Analog to Digital convertor which attenuates the input signal beginning at the specified frequency This feature is used on a module wide basis The module will attenuate the selected frequency by approximately 3dB or 0 707 of the ap
204. larm 2 ChxHAlarm 1 ChxLLAlarm 0 ChxHHAlarm ember 1998 Tt ft tt 4 5 4 3 2 1 0 t i A A i A An underrange overrange condition sets appropriate Channel Fault bits 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Alarm bits in the Channel Status word do not set additional bits at any higher level You must monitor these conditions here 41345 Module Fault Word Bits in Floating Point Mode Channel Fault Word Bits in Floating Point Mode Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF61 5 9 Bits in this word provide the highest level of fault detection A nonzero condition in this word reveals that a fault exists on the module You can examine further down to isolate the fault The following tags can be examined in ladder logic to indicate when a fault has occurred e Analog Group Fault This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is AnalogGroupFault e Input Group Fault This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is InputGroup e Calibrating This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated When this bit is set all bits in the Channel Fault word are set It tag name is Calibrating e Calibration Fault This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bi
205. larni e are gn aes eh kad A eee ed geet 6 6 10 Ohm Offset 2 0222 c25ei bc dies tietedeotioridae aes 6 7 Wire Off DetechOns rrei aute nca event Recetas 6 7 Fault and Status Reporting Between the 1756 IR6I and 1756 IT6I Modules and Controllers 6 9 Sensor PVPS saune Sen SRS awe wanes eo nasa a ee ees ews 6 13 Temperature Units 2 s2c c0 cage Peed ey oe etwes 24 6 14 Cold Junction Compensation 0 0000 ee 6 15 1756 IR6I Module Wiring Examples and Specifications 6 16 1756 IT6I Module Wiring Examples and Specifications 6 18 Chapter Summary and What s Next 00 6 20 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Non Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 amp 1756 OF8 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI amp 1756 OF6VI Installing the ControlLogix I O Module Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Chapter 7 Choosing a Data Format 6 09 cs4 baie ees ow ss ae ere Pelee 7 2 Features Specific to Analog Output Modules 7 3 Ramping Rate Limiting 0 0 0 2 eee eee 7 3 Hold for Initialization 2 2 0 0 0 eee eee eee 7 3 Open Wire Detection 0 0 cece eee eee 7 4 Clamping Limiting bose ak be dew Se bespeee ties 7 4 Clamp Limit Alarms 0 0 0 ce eee eee eee 7 4 Data BONO reoni tates ke Oates EE ESS he ET 7 4 Fault and Status Reporting Between the 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 Modules and Controllers 7 5 175
206. lated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6l Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Chapter 6 Temperature Measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR61 amp 1756 IT6I What This Chapter Contains This chapter describes features specific to temperature measuring ControlLogix analog modules The following table describes what this chapter contains and its location For information about See page Choosing a Data Format 6 2 Features Specific to Temperature 6 3 Sensitive Modules Notch Filter 6 3 Digital Filter 6 5 Real Time Sampling 6 4 Process Alarms 6 6 6 6 6 7 6 9 Rate Alarm Wire Off Detection Fault and Status Reporting Between the 1756 IR6I and 1756 IT6I Modules and the Owner Controller 1756 IR6I and 1756 IT6I Fault Reporting 6 9 in Floating Point Mode 1756 IR6I and 1756 IT6I Fault Reporting 6 12 in Integer Mode Sensor Type 6 13 Temperature Units 6 14 Cold unction Compensation 6 15 1756 IR6 Module Wiring Examples 6 16 and Specifications 1756 IT6 Module Wiring Examples 6 18 and Specifications Chapter Summary and What s Next 6 20 The following modules support the features described in this chapter e 1756 IR6I e 1756 IT6I In addition to the features described in this chapter the temperature measuring analog modules support all features described in chapter 3 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 6 2 Temperature Measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR
207. le Current Power 5 1 Current Power 24 Current Power number Catalog 5 1 VDC Watts 24 VDC Watts 3 3 Number VDC mA VDC mA VDC mA VDC Watts 0 x5 1V x24V X3 3V 1 x5 1V x24V X3 3V 2 x5 1V x24V X3 3V 3 x5 1V x24V X3 3V 4 x5 1V x24V X3 3V 5 x5 1V x24V X3 3V 6 x5 1V x24V X3 3V 7 x5 1V x24V X3 3V 8 x5 1V x24V X3 3V 9 x5 1V x24V X3 3V 10 x5 1V x24V X3 3V 11 x5 1V x24V X3 3V 12 x5 1V x24V X3 3V 13 x5 1V x24V X3 3V 14 x5 1V x24V X3 3V 15 x5 1V x24V X3 3V 16 x5 1V x24V X3 3V TOTALS mA W mA W mA W This number This number This number cannot cannot cannot exceed exceed exceed 10000mA 2800mA 4000mA These three numbers added together cannot exceed 70W 40 C 55W 60 C Important We recommend that you copy this worksheet for use in checking the power supply of each ControlLogix chassis used Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 D 2 Power Supply Sizing Chart Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Numerics 10 Ohm Offset 1756 IR6I1 module 6 7 select in RSLogix 5000 10 16 using the offset to compensate for errors in copper RTDs 6 7 A Alarm Deadband 4 7 5 6 6 6 C Calibration 1756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 modules 11 3 1756 IF6I module 11 7 1756 IR6I module 11 12 11 15 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules 11 26 1756 OF6CI module 11 18 1756 OF6VI module 11 22 Calibration Bias setting input modules bias in RS
208. lines For Noise Immunity publication 1770 4 1 e Automation Systems Catalog publication B111 This equipment is classified as open equipment and must be installed mounted in an enclosure during operation as a means of providing safety protection Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 1 6 What Are ControlLogix Analog I O Modules Chapter Summary and What s Next Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 In this chapter you learned about e what ControlLogix analog I O modules are e types of ControlLogix analog I O modules Move on to Chapter 2 to learn about analog I O operation within the ControlLogix system Chapter 2 Analog 1 0 Operation Within the ControlLogix System What This Chapter Contains This chapter describes how analog I O modules work within the ControlLogix system The following table describes what this chapter contains and its location For information about See page Ownership and Connections 2 1 Using RSNetWorx and RSLogix 5000 Direct Connections Input Module Operation Input Modules in a Local Chassis Requested Packet Interval Real Time Sample Input Modules in a Remote Chassis Output Module Operation Output Modules in a Local Chassis Output Modules in a Remote Chassis Listen Only Mode Multiple Owners of Input Modules Configuration Changes in an Input Module with Multiple Owners Chapter Summary and What s Next O CO Oy A UT A By Gy NI
209. m Module Error over Full Temp Range 0 5 of range Minimum Module Scan Time for all Channels Sample Rate 25ms minimum floating point millivolt 50ms minimum floating point temperature 10ms minimum integer millivolt Module Conversion Method Sigma Delta Isolation Voltage Channel to channel User to system Optoisolated transformer isolated 100 tested at 1700V dc for 1s based on 250V ac 100 tested at 1700V dc for 1s based on 250V ac RTB Screw Torque NEMA 7 9 inch pounds 0 8 1Nm Module Keying Backplane Electronic RTB Keying User defined RTB and Housing 20 Position RTB 1756 TBNH or TBSH Environmental Conditions Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Relative Humidity 0 to 60 C 32 to 140 F 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F 5 to 95 noncondensing ConductorsWire Size 22 14 gauge 2mm stranded 3 64 inch 1 2mm insulation maximum Category 93 4 Screwdriver Width for RTB 5 16 inch 8mm maximum Agency Certification Op when product or packaging is marked Gis Class Div 2 Hazardous lt ra gt Class Div2 Hazardous E marked for all applicable directives Maximum wire size will require extended hou Use conductor category information for plann These specifications are notch filter dependent Values represent 60Hz setting sing 1756 TBE ing conductor routing as describedin the system level installation manual Ref
210. m eid aa j baidaas b n 2 a Tire Dis Fu he Pals 7i Dis Stim LECI 1E Di 2 Choose whether you want p iT abe Gunsi n airais Charade ss si a Tiras to calibrate channels in este Bop groups or one at a time here 3 Click here to continue Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 11 19 The low reference screen appears first Cobblestone Opp Aeteeerece iapa ox TEL DEA ni 40 Ota 2 r 4 0D ea RA 4 i Ota H ri i i Oto r 4 This screen shows which channels will be calibrated for a low reference and the range of that calibration ba hes ee Click here to calibrate the low reference 4 Record the results of your measurement Cabir ad Beane araj Bees Vibe waua fod he pessoal chrai remy e rabraia oh ar F ot2m 4 00 15578 Record cf at baat 4 oo E owane i i a measurement Ey ome ie A values here hrei 07 207 45 F ET 1 TEA fe Ot H r 4 te al fer belong iin E dbm 400 3 ba acceded Aiaesce coinn Proct THa fo comrae Click here to continue This screen displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a low reference If all channels are OK continue as shown below If any channels report an Error return to Step 4 until the status is OK Pren Met io ga onia High Rages neat F ot2m 4 00 mwa FP Owen a ii i GH F bnr 400 a oe F dbm 4 6 15 H fe Ota Hri 4 te al aH E dbs
211. mA 21mA s 65 536 counts 4mA 20mA 0 in 100 in engineering engineering units units Module scaling represents the data returned from the module to the controller Important In choosing two points for the low and high value of your application you do not limit the range of the module The module s range and its resolution remain constant regardless of how you scale it for your application The module may operate with values beyond the 4mA to 20mA range If an input signal beyond the low and high signals is present at the module e g 3mA that data will be represented in terms of the engineering units set during scaling The table below shows example values that may appear based the example mentioned above Table 3 B Current Values Represented in Engineering Units Current Engineering units value 3mA 6 25 4mA 0 12mA 50 20mA 100 21mA 106 25 ControlLogix Analog I O Module Features 3 9 Data Format as Related to Resolution and Scaling You can choose one of the following data formats for your application e Integer mode e Floating point mode Integer mode This mode provides the most basic representation of analog data When a module multicasts data in the integer mode the low and high signals of the input range are fixed Important Scaling is not available in integer mode The low signal of your application range equals 32 768 counts of resolution while the high signal equals 32
212. mpToRun set and the difference between the new output value requested and the current output exceeds the configured ramp limit ChOConfigM axRampRate The bit will remain set until ramping ceases unless the alarm is latched via ChOConfigRampAlarmLatch ChOLLimitAlarm BOOL All outputs Alarm bit which sets when the requested output value ChOData is below the configured low limit ChOConfigLowLimit in which case the output will stop at the configured low limit which the echo will reflect Remains set until the requested output moves above the low limit unless latched by ChOConfigLimitAlarmLatch ChOHLimitAlarm BOOL All outputs Alarm bit which sets when the requested output value ChOData is above the configured high limit ChOConfigHighLimit in which case the output will stop at the configured high limit which the echo will reflect Remains set until the requested output moves below the high limit unless latched by ChOConfigLimitAlarmLatch Floating Point Configuration Tags Tag Name Data Type Applicable Modules Definition RemoteTermination BOOL 1756 IT6I Indicates if the cold junction sensor is mounted on a remote termination block when set rather than on the local terminal block Needed for proper cold junction compensation when linearizing thermocouples CJ Disable BOOL 1756 IT6l Disables the cold junction sensor which turns off cold junction compensation when linearizing thermoc
213. n 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Any of the Channel Status words one for each channel will display a nonzero condition if that particular channel has faulted for the conditions listed below Some of these bits set bits in other Fault words When the Underrange and Overrange bits bits 6 amp 5 in any of the words are set the appropriate bit is set in the Channel Fault word When the Calibration Fault bit bit 7 is set in any of the words the Calibration Fault bit bit 11 is set in the Module Fault word e ChxCalFault Bit 7 This bit is set if an error occurs during calibration for that channel causing a bad calibration This bit also sets bit 11 in the Module Fault word e UnderRange Bit 6 This bit is set when the input signal at the channel is less than or equal to the minimum detectable signal For more information on the minimum detectable signal for each module see Table 3 3 on page 3 9 This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word e OverRange Bit 5 This bit is set when the input signal at the channel is greater than or equal to the maximum detectable signal For more information on the maximum detectable signal for each module see Table 3 3 on page 3 9 This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word e ChxRateAlarm Bit 4 This bit is set when the input channel s rate of change exceeds the configured Rate Alarm parameter It remains set until the rate of change drops below the c
214. nables ramping of the output value to a user defined fault value ChOFaultValue when set Ramping defines the maximum rate the output is allowed to transition at based upon the configured ChORampRate ChOFaultValue INT All outputs Defines the value in counts the output should take on if a communications fault occurs when the ChOFaultMode bit it set Ch0ProgValue INT All outputs Defines the value in counts the output should take on when the connection transitions to Program mode if the ChOProgMode bit is set ChORampRate INT All outputs Configures the maximum rate at which the output value may change when transitioning to either the ChOFaultValue or ChOProgValue if either the ChORampToFault or ChORampToProg bits are set respectively In terms of percent full scale per second Floating Point Mode Tags The following tables list and define all tags that may be used by ControlLogix analog modules using floating point mode Important Each application s series of tags will vary but no input module application will contain any tags that are not listed here Floating Point Input Tags Tag Name Data Type Applicable Definition Modules ChannelFaults INT All Collection of individual channel fault bits in one word Can address individual channel fault via bit notation ex ChannelFaults 3 for channel 3 ChOFault BOOL All Individual channel fault status bit Indicates a hard fault has occurred on the channel which means
215. nfigured Output Range is 0 20mA and the circuit becomes open due to a wire falling or being cut when the output being driven is above 0 1mA The bit will remain set until correct wiring is restored e ChxNotaNumber Bit 5 This bit is set when the output value received from the controller is NotaNumber the IEEE NAN value The output channel will hold its last state e ChxCalFault Bit 4 This bit is set when an error occurred when calibrating This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word e ChxInHold Bit 3 This bit is set when the output channel is currently holding The bit resets when the requested Run mode output value is within 0 1 of full scale of the current echo value e ChxRampAlarm Bit 2 This bit is set when the output channel s requested rate of change would exceed the configured maximum ramp rate requested parameter It remains set until the output reaches its target value and ramping stops If the bit is latched it will remain set until it is unlatched e ChxLLimitAlarm Bit 1 This bit is set when the requested output value is beneath the configured low limit value It remains set until the requested output is above the low limit If the bit is latched it will remain set until it is unlatched e ChxHLimitAlarm Bit 0 This bit is set when the requested output value is above the configured high limit value It remains set until the requested output is below the high limit If the bit is latch
216. nstallation 1756 L1 Logix5550 Controller User Manual 1756 6 5 12 L1M1 L1M2 1756 DHRIO ControlLogix Data Highway Plus Communication 1756 6 5 2 Interface Module User Manual 1756 ENET ControlLogix Ethernet Communication Interface 1756 6 5 1 Module User Manual If you need more information on these products contact your local Allen Bradley integrator or sales office for assistance For more information on the documentation refer to the Allen Bradley Publication Index publication SD499 Rockwell Automation offers support services worldwide with over 75 sales support offices 512 authorized distributors and 260 authorized systems integrators located throughout the United States alone as well as Rockwell Automation representatives in every major country in the world Local Product Support Contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for sales and order support product technical training warranty support support service agreements Technical Product Assistance If you need to contact Rockwell Automation for technical assistance please review the troubleshooting information in Appendix A first If the problem persists then call your local Rockwell Automation representative Your Questions or Comments on this Manual If you find a problem with this manual please notify us of it on the enclosed Publication Problem Report What Are ControlLogix Analog I O Modules Analog 1 0 Operation Within the Contro
217. nt 16 bits 0 5 125V 80uV cnt 16 bits 0 20 5mA 0 32pA cnt 16 bits Data Format Integer mode 2s complement Floating point IEEE 32 bit Input Impedance Voltage Current gt lmegQ 2490 Open Circuit Detection Time Differential voltage Positive full scale reading within 5s Single Ended Diff current Negative full scale reading within 5s Single Ended voltage Even numbered channels go to positive full scale reading within 5s odd numbered channels go to negative full scale reading within 5s Overvoltage Protection 30V dc voltage 8V dc current Normal Mode Noise Rejection gt 80dB at 50 60Hz Common Mode Noise Rejection gt 100dB at 50 60Hz Calibrated Accuracy at 25 C Better than 0 05 of range voltage Better than 0 15 of range current Input Offset Drift with Temperature 90uV degree C Gain Drift with Temperature 15 ppm degree C voltage 20 ppm degree C current Module Error over Full Temp Range 0 1 of range voltage 0 3 of range current Module Scan Time for All Channels Sample Rate Module Filter Dependent 16 pt single ended 16 488ms 8 pt differential 8 244ms 4 pt differential 5 122ms Module Conversion Method Sigma Delta Isolation Voltage User to system 100 tested at 2550 dc for 1s RTB Screw Torque Cage clamp 4 4 inch pounds 0 4Nm Module Keying Backplane Electronic RTB Keying User defined
218. nt of 1 0V s If the next sample taken is 4 9V the rate of change is 4 9V 5 08V 100mS 1 8V S The absolute value of this result is gt 1 0V S so the rate alarm will set Absolute value is used because rate alarm checks for the magnitude of the rate of change being beyond the trigger point whether a positive or negative excursion To see how to set the Rate Alarm see page 10 10 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 4 8 Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 1F16 IF8 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Wire Off Detection The 1756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 modules will alert you when a signal wire only has been disconnected from one of its channels or the RTB has been removed from the module When a wire off condition occurs for this module two events occur e Input data for that channel changes to a specific scaled value e A fault bit is set in the owner controller which may indicate the presence of a wire off condition Because the 1756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 modules can be used in voltage or current applications differences exist as to how a wire off condition is detected in each application Wire Off in Single Ended Voltage Applications When a wire off condition occurs for a channel wired for single ended voltage applications the following occurs e Input data for odd numbered channels changes to the scaled value associated with the underrange signal value of the selected operational range in float
219. nto the Module Removing the Removable Terminal 9 8 Block from the Module Removing the Module from the Chassis 9 9 Chapter Summary and What s Next 9 10 Installing the ControlLogix You can install or remove the module while chassis power is applied 1 0 Module ATTENTION The module is designed to support Removal and Insertion Under Power RIUP However when you remove or insert an RTB with field side power applied unintended machine motion or loss of process control can occur Exercise extreme caution when using this feature he o 1 Align circuit gt ay oF board with top n chassis guides Printed Circuit Board 20862 M 20861 M 2 Align circuit board with Slide module into chassis bottom chassis guides until module tabs click Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 9 2 Installing the ControlLogix I O Module Keying the Removable Key the RTB to prevent inadvertently connecting the incorrect RTB to Terminal Block your module When the RTB mounts onto the module keying positions will match up For example if you place a U shaped keying band in position 4 on the module you cannot place a wedge shaped tab in 4 on the RTB or your RTB will not mount on the module We recommend that you use a unique keying pattern for each slot in the chassis Insert the U shaped band with the longer side near the terminals Push the band onto the module until it snaps into place 20850 M 2 Key the
220. o calibrate the high reference Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 11 6 Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules This screen displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a high reference If all channels are OK continue as shown below If any channels report an Error retry Step 6 until the status is OK Tana 7a amp Click here to continue After you have completed both low and high reference calibration this screen shows the status of both HDD 4 Click here to finish calibration and re turn the module to normal operation Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules 11 7 Calibrating the 1756 IF61 Module This module can be used for applications requiring voltage or current Calibrate the module for your specific application Calibrating the 1756 IF6l for Voltage Applications The 1756 IF6I offers 3 input voltage ranges e 10to 10V e O0to5V e Oto 10V Important Regardless of what voltage application range is selected prior to calibration all voltage calibration uses a 10V range Calibrating the 1756 IF6 for Current Applications The 1756 IF6I offers a 0 to 20mA current range Calibrating the 1756 IF6I module for current uses the same process as calibrating it for voltage except the change in input signal Important The following example shows how you can calibrate the 1756 IF6I module for voltage While you are online you mu
221. o heat shrink tubing Belden cable insulated wire form a single to the exit area strand TP 20104 M e Connect the drain wire to a chassis mounting tab Use any chassis mounting tab that is designated as a functional signal ground 4M or 5M 10 or 12 phillips screw and star washer or SEM screw 20918 M 2 Connect the insulated wires to the field side Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 9 4 Installing the ControlLogix I O Module Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Connect Ungrounded End of the Cable 1 Cut the foil shield and drain wire back to the cable casing and apply shrink wrap 2 Connect the insulated wires to the RTB as shown below Three Types of RTBs each RTB comes with housing e Cage clamp Catalog number 1756 TBCH 1 Insert the wire into the terminal 2 Turn the screw clockwise to close the terminal on the wire d HE l Ji N ain TAPMINE m F y ir TL f a Strain relief area 20859 M e NEMA clamp Catalog number 1756 TBNH Terminate wires at the screw terminals R JO 1 a ap AA EB A PA E ic w Hee DID J ee al ap DE o p Strain relief area yay e Spring clamp Catalog number 1756 TBSH or TBS6H 1 Insert the screwdriver into the outer hole of the RTB 2 Insert the wire into the open terminal and remove the screwdriver ar HAHAHAHAH lt 1 Strain rel
222. o the possibility of a multiple owner situation and allows you to inhibit the connection before changing the module s configuration When changing configuration for a module with multiple owners we recommend the connection be inhibited To prevent other owners from receiving potentially erroneous data as described above the following steps must be followed when changing a module s configuration in a multiple owner scenario when online 1 For each owner controller inhibit the controller s connection to the module either in the software on the Connection tab or the pop up screen warning of the multiple owner condition For detailed information on using RSLogix 5000 to change configuration see chapter 10 2 Make the appropriate configuration data changes in the software 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 for all owner controllers making the exact same changes in all controllers 4 Disable the Inhibit box in each owner s configuration Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Chapter Summary and What s Next Analog I O Operation Within the ControlLogix System 2 13 In this chapter you learned about ownership and connections direct connections input module operation output module operation Move to Chapter 3 to learn about ControlLogix Analog I O Interface and System Design Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 2 14 Analog I O Operation Within the ControlLogix System Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 What
223. oat data single ended mode 1756 IF16 IF8 module operating in the single ended mode returns floating point input data with the value of the system clock from its local chassis when the input data is sampled e CST timestamped integer data differential mode 1756 IF16 IF8 module operating in the differential mode returns integer input data with the value of the system clock from its local chassis when the input data is sampled e CST timestamped integer data high speed mode 1756 IF16 IF8 module operating in the high speed mode returns integer input data with the value of the system clock from its local chassis when the input data is sampled e CST timestamped integer data single ended mode 1756 IF16 IF8 module operating in the single ended mode returns integer input data with the value of the system clock from its local chassis when the input data is sampled Configuring the ControlLogix Analog I O Module 10 7 e Float data differential mode 1756 IF16 IF8 module operating in the differential mode only returns floating point input data e Float data high speed mode 1756 IF16 IF8 module operating in the high speed mode only returns floating point input data e Float data single ended mode 1756 IF16 IF8 module operating in the single ended mode only returns floating point input data e Integer data differential mode 1756 IF16 IF8 module operating in the differential mode only returns integer input data e Integer da
224. ode e Ramp to program mode Occurs when the present output value changes to the Program Value after a Program Command is received from the controller e Ramp to fault mode Occurs when the present output value changes to the Fault Value after a communications fault occurs The maximum rate of change in outputs is expressed in engineering units per second and called the Maximum Ramp Rate To see how to enable Run mode ramping and set the maximum ramp rate see page 10 15 Hold for Initialization Hold for Initialization causes outputs to hold present state until the value commanded by the controller matches the value at the output screw terminal within 0 1 of full scale providing a bumpless transfer If Hold for Initialization is selected outputs will hold if any of the three conditions occur e Initial connection is established after power up e A new connection is established after a communications fault occurs e There is a transition to Run mode from Program state The InHold bit for a channel indicates that the channel is holding Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 8 4 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI amp 1756 OF6VI Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Clamping Limiting Clamping limits the output from the analog module to remain within a range configured by the controller even when the controller commands an output outside that range This safety feature sets a high clamp and a low clamp Once
225. odule back to Run Mode Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 10 22 Configuring the ControlLogix Analog I O Module Configuring I O Modules in a ControlLogix ControlNet Interface modules 1756 CNB or 1756 CNBR Remote Chassis are required to communicate with I O modules in a remote chassis You must configure the communications module in the local chassis and the remote chassis before adding new I O modules to the program 1 Configure a communications module for the local chassis This module handles communications between the controller chassis and the remote chassis EHS Conii beside A Coninodes Tage E Concim Fr Harda DE Pira Lines Harai p Tsk HanTer D Urerifaraubod Peay aret 1 Select I O Configuration i ie 2 Click on the right mouse i GE Predare button to display the menu a 3 Select New Module 2 Choose a 1756 CNB or 1756 CNBR module and configure it o For more information on the ControlLogix ControlNet Interface modules al For more information see the ControlLogix ControlNet Interface Installation Instructions k publication 1756 5 32 H a 1 E Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 4 Configuring the ControlLogix Analog I O Module 10 23 3 Configure a communications module for the remote chassis a Held plelcele H afie EHS Lorch Lhrer_ der J Dminka Tage D Condos Fa Handa E Fra Lets Hirek PHJ Trka AHA Man ark 1 Select the local communications module 2 Click on the righ
226. ogix Analog I O Modules Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Calibrating the 1756 OF4 or 1756 OF8 Modules These modules can be used for current or voltage applications Current applications RSLogix 5000 commands the module to output specific levels of current You must measure the actual level and record the results This measurement allows the module to account for any inaccuracies Voltage applications RSLogix 5000 commands the module to output specific levels of voltage You must measure the actual level and record the results This measurement allows the module to account for any inaccuracies Important This example shows a module calibrated for a current application Use the same steps to calibrate for voltage While you are online you must access the modules properties page To see how to reach this page see page 10 19 Follow these steps 1 Connect your current meter to the module 2 Go to the Configuration page Click on the tab for this page me iodo Poogeries Locakts eset TT Use this pull down menu to choose the Output Range to which you want to calibrate Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 11 27 3 Go to the Calibration page Click on the tab for this page Click here to start calibration You see this warning Click here to continue calibration with the channels frozen at their current values Click here to change to Program Mode be
227. onfigured rate If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched e ChxLAlarm Bit 3 This bit is set when the input signal moves beneath the configured Low Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves above the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain set as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband e ChxHAlarm Bit 2 This bit is set when the input signal moves above the configured High Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves below the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain set as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband e ChxLLAlarm Bit 1 This bit is set when the input signal moves beneath the configured Low Low Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves above the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain latched as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband e ChxHHAlarm Bit 0 This bit is set when the input signal moves above the configured High High Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves below the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain la
228. or information about See page Who Should Use This Manual P 1 Purpose of This Manual P 1 Conventions and Related Terms P 2 Related Products and Documentation P 4 Rockwell Automation Support P 4 You must be able to program and operate an Allen Bradley ControlLogix Logix5550 Controller to efficiently use your analog I O modules We assume that you know how to do this in this manual If you do not refer to the Logix5550 Controller user manual publication 1756 6 5 12 before you attempt to use these modules This manual describes how to install configure and troubleshoot your ControlLogix analog I O module Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 P 2 About This User Manual Conventions and Related Terms This manual uses the following conventions Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 This icon Calls attention to gt helpful time saving information an example Example additional information in the publication referenced 2 For more information Terms This term Means Broadcast Data transmissions to all addresses Communications format Format that defines the type of information transferred between an I O module and its owner controller This format also defines the tags created for each I O module Compatible match An electronic keying protection mode that requires the physical module and the module configured in the software to match according to vendor cat
229. ord provides individual channel status for low and high limit alarms ramp alarms open wire and calibration faults Its tag name is ChxStatus Important Differences exist between floating point and integer modes as they relate to module fault reporting These differences are explained in the following two sections The following graphic provides an overview of the fault reporting process in floating point mode MUR PANIE WOT 15 14 13 12 1 When the module is calibrating all 15 AnalogGroupFault bits in the Channel Fault word are set 12 Calibrating i 11 Cal Fault 14 amp 13 are not used by the 1756 OF4 or OF8 If set any bit in the Channel Fault word also sets the Analog Group Fault in the Module Fault word I Channel Fault Word 7 Ch7Fault 7 6 lt a a 6 Ch6Fault 5 Ch5Fault A channel calibration f f t i t f i 4 Ch4Fault fault sets the calibra A 3 Ch3Fault tion faultin the Module i 2 Ch2Fault Fault word 1 Ch1Fault N 0 ChOFault Channel Status Words One for each channel 7 ChxOpenWire 6 is not used by 5 ChxNotANumber 1756 OF4 or OF8 4 ChxCalFault 3 ChxinHold IMPORTANT 1756 OF4 uses 4 2 ChxRampAlarm Channel Status Words 1756 OF8
230. ormat 8 2 Features Specific to Isolated 8 3 Analog Output Modules Ramping Hold for Initialization Clamping Clamp Alarms Data Echo Fault and Status Reporting Between the 1756 OF6Ci and 1756 OF6VI Modules and the Owner Controller 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI Fault 8 5 Reporting in Floating Point Mode 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI Fault 8 8 Reporting in Integer Mode Module Wiring Examples and Specifications 8 9 Chapter Summary and What s Next 8 13 The following modules support the features described in this chapter e 1756 OF6CI e 1756 OF6VI In addition to the features described in this chapter the isolated analog output modules support all features described in chapter 3 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 8 2 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI amp 1756 OF6VI The following table lists which additional features your isolated output modules support and the page of the description of each feature Table 8 A Features Supported by Isolated Analog Output Modules Feature Page of description Removal and Insertion Under Power RIUP 3 2 Module Fault Reporting 3 2 Fully Software Configurable 3 2 Electronic Keying 3 3 Timestamping 3 4 Producer Consumer Model 3 4 LED Status Information 3 5 Full Class Division 2 Compliance 3 5 Multiple Choices of Data Format 3 6 On Board Calibration 3 5 Alarm Latching 3 6 Scaling 3 9 Choosing
231. ortant This chapter focuses on configuring I O modules in a local chassis To configure I O modules in a remote chassis you must follow all the detailed procedures with two additional steps An explanation of the additional steps is listed at the end of this chapter Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 10 2 Configuring the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Module Overview of the Configuration Process Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 RSLogix 5000 Configuration Software Use RSLogix 5000 software to write configuration for your ControlLogix analog I O module You have the option of accepting the default configuration for your module or writing point level configuration specific to your application Both options are explained in detail including views of software screens in this chapter When you use the RSLogix 5000 software to configure a ControlLogix analog I O module you must perform the following steps 1 create a new module 2 accept default configuration or write specific configuration for the module 3 edit configuration for a module when changes are needed Configuring the ControlLogix Analog I O Module 10 3 The following diagram shows an overview of the configuration process New Module 1 Select a module from the list 2 Choose a Major Revision Name Description Slot number Click on the Next Button to Comm format Set Specific Configuration Minor revision Keying choice NEXT Seri
232. ou must first go offline Pie Dat Yra asch Loge Dorana Tso Minke h Module Properties Dialog ajaj a HH A ala E aa ala Pull down this menu and click here to go offline F Once you are offline you can make configuration changes Module wide Configurable Features For features such as Program to Fault enable that are configured on a module wide basis highlight the value and type in the new value as shown below Controller Tags User_doc controller ojx Scope User_doc controller 7 Show Show All 7 Sort Tag Name 7 Description Local 2 TERAN Local 3 C tere HLocal 3 C RemoteT ermination 0 HLocal 3 C CJDisable 0 1 Highlight the value here C tocat3 C Temphtode j Local 3 C RealTimeS ample 100 2 Type anew value Local3 C CJOffset a Local 3 C ChOContig Local 3 C Chi Contig Local 3 C Ch2Config Local 3 C Ch3Contig Local 3 C Ch4Config we ele le e oo m e m fen fan Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 B 12 1 Click on the far left side of the Value column and a pulldown menu appears 1 Highlight the value of the feature you want to change Note that this series of values is listed in descending order of point number Make sure you have highlighted the point you want to change 2 Type in the valid new value Publication 1756 6 5 9 N
233. ouple inputs TempM ode BOOL 1756 IR6I IT6 Controls the temperature scale to use on the module 0 Celsius 1 Fahrenheit ProgToFaultEn BOOL All outputs The program to fault enable bit determines how the outputs should behave if a communications fault were to occur while the output module is in the program mode When set the bit will cause the outputs to transition to their programmed fault state if a communications fault occurs while in the program state If not set outputs will remain in their configured program state despite a communications fault occurring RealTimeSample INT All input Determines how often the input signal is to be sampled in terms of milliseconds Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Using Software Configuration Tags B 7 Tag Name Data Type Applicable Definition Modules CJ Offset REAL 1756 IT6 Provides a user selected offset to add into the read cold junction sensor value Allows a sensor with a built in bias to be compensated for Ch0Config Struct All Master structure beneath which the channel s configuration parameters are set ChOConfig INT 1756 IF6l IR6I Configures the channel s input range sensor type and notch filter RangeTypeNotch IT6l settings The input range is bits 8 11 and determines the signal range the input channel can detect Input range values are as follows 0 10 to 10V 1756 IF6l 1 0 to 5V 1756 IF6 2 0 to 10V 1756 IF6 3 0 to
234. ovember 1998 Using Software Configuration Tags Point by Point Configurable Features For features such as Cold Junction offset that are configured on a point by point basis there are two ways to change the configuration You can either e use a pulldown menu or e highlight the value of a particular feature for a particular point and type a new value Pulldown menu Controller Tags User_doc controller Scope User_doc contraler 7 Show Show Al z Sort Tag Name z 15 x TagName Value Description i O Local 2 Local 3 C FLocat3 C RemoteT ermination Local3 C CJDisable Local3 C TempMode Local 3 C CJOffset Local 3 C ChOConfig Local 3 C Ch1 Contig Local 3 C Ch2Contig Local 3 C Ch3Contig Local 3 C Ch4Contig 1 Local 3 C Ch5Config Monitor Tags A Edi Tags 2 Highlight the point that needs to be changed and type a valid new value Highlight value Controller Tags User_doc controller Scope User_doc controller 7 Show Show All z Sort Tag Name 7 TagName Value Description ooo Local 3 C RealTimeS ample 100 Local 3 C CJOffset 0 0 El Local 3 C Ch0Config tered Local 3 C ChOContig RangeTypeNotch 16 2001 Bil E beeat3 E EhitentigAt
235. p 400mS 80mS RTS 68mS RTS 40mS RTS 16mS RTS 4mS RTS Response Time RTS 3dB Frequency 3Hz 13Hz 16Hz 26Hz 66Hz 262Hz Effective Resolution 16 bits 16 bits 16 bits 16 bits 15 bits 10 bits 1 Integer mode must be used for RTS values lower than 25mS The minimum RTS value for the module will be dependent on the channel with the lowest notch filter setting 2 In mV mode 50mS minimum if linearizing 3 Worst case settling time to 100 of a step change would include 0 100 step response time plus one RTS sample time To see how to choose a Notch Filter see page 10 10 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 6 4 Temperature Measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I amp 1756 IT61 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Real Time Sampling This parameter instructs the module to scan its input channels and obtain all available data After the channels are scanned the module multicasts that data During module configuration you specify a Real Time Sampling RTS period and a Requested Packet Interval RPI period These features both instruct the module to multicast data but only the RTS feature instructs the module to scan its channels before multicasting For an example of how to set the RTS rate see page 10 10 Underrange Overrange Detection This feature detects when a temperature measuring input module is operating beyond limits set by the input range For example If you are using the 1756 IR8I module in the 2Q 1000Q input r
236. ples and Specifications OUT 1 i ie OUT 0 Ge 4 3 User Analog Not used E ie Not used Output Device 6 5 RTN 1 ie ic RTN 0 Ei Ei out 3 E ED our 2 I EJ Not used ie i Not used t2 te RTN 3 ic ie RTN 2 3 Shield Ground Not used i ie Not used 5 OUT 5 ie ic OUT 4 La D y Not used ie ie Not used 20 ly RTN 5 ic i RTN 4 EN __ L 20967 M Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 8 12 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI amp 1756 OF6VI Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 1756 OF6VI Specifications Number of Outputs 6 individually isolated channels Module Location 1756 ControlLogix Chassis Backplane Power Requirements No external power requirements 250mA 5 1V dc amp 175mA 24V dc 5 5W Power Dissipation within Module Thermal Dissipation 4 85W 16 54 BTU hr Output Voltage Range 10 5V maximum Voltage Resolution 14 bits across 21V 1 3mV 13 bits across 10 5V sign bit Data Format Integer mode Left justified 2s complement Floating point IEEE 32 bit Output Impedance lt 1Q Open Circuit Detection None Output Overvoltage Protection 24V ac dc maximum Output Short Circuit Protection Electronically current limited Drive Capability
237. plied amplitude This selected frequency is also called the bandwidth of the module An input signal with frequencies above the selected frequency will be attenuated more while frequencies below the selection will receive no attenuation In addition to frequency rejection a by product of the filter selection is the minimum sample rate RTS that is available For example the 1000Hz selection will not attenuate any frequencies less than 1000Hz but will allow sampling of all 16 channels within 18ms But the 10Hz selection will reject all frequencies above 10Hz and will only allow sampling all 16 channels within 488ms Important 60Hz is the default setting for the module filter Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 IF8 4 5 Use the table below to choose a module filter setting Table 4 D Module Filter Selections with Associated Performance Data Module Filter Wiring 10Hz 50Hz 60Hz 100Hz 250Hz 1000Hz Setting 3dB 2 Mode Derant Minimum Sample SE 488ms 88ms 88ms 56ms 28ms 16ms Time RTS Diff 244ms 44ms 44ms 28ms 14ms 8ms Integer Mode HS Diff 122ms 22ms 22ms 14ms 7ms 5ms Minimum Sample SE 488ms 88ms 88ms 56ms 28ms 18ms Time RTS Diff 244ms 44ms 44ms 28ms 14ms 11ms Floating Point Mode HS Diff 122ms 22ms 22ms 14ms 7ms 6ms Effective Resolution 16 bits 16 bits 16 bits 16 bits 14 bits 12 bits For optimal 50 60Hz noise rejection gt 80dB choose the 10Hz filter 2 Worst case settling tim
238. provides underrange overrange and communications fault reporting Its tag name is ChannelFaults When examining the Channel Fault Word for faults remember the following 8 channels are used in single ended wiring 4 channels are used in differential wiring 2 channels are used in high speed differential wiring All bits start with bit 0 e Channel Status Words This word provides individual channel underrange and overrange fault reporting for process alarms rate alarms and calibration faults Its tag name is ChxStatus Important Differences exist between floating point and integer modes as they relate to module fault reporting These differences are explained in the following two sections The following graphic provides an overview of the fault reporting process for the 1756 IF8 module in floating point mode Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 4 16 Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 1F16 IF8 Module Fault Word 15 1411311211111019 15 AnalogGroupFault When the module is calibrating all 10 Calibrating A bits in the Channel Fault word are set 9 Cal Fault 14 13 12 and 11 are not used Channel Fault Word 7 Ch7Fault 6 Ch6Fault 5 Ch5Fault 4 Ch4Fault 3 Ch3Fault 2 Ch2Fault 1 Chl Fault 0 ChOFault 8 channels used in S E wiring If set any bit in the Channel Fault word also sets the Analog Group Fault in the Module Fault
239. puts Enables latching for the rate alarm Latching causes the rate alarm to AlarmLatch remain set until an unlatch service is explicitly sent to the channel or alarm ChOConfigDigital INT All inputs A non zero value enables the filter providing a time constant in Filter milliseconds used in a first order lag filter to smooth the input signal ChOConfigTenOhm INT 1756 IR6I A value from 100 to 100 which represents 1 00 to 1 00Q and is an Offset offset used when linearizing a 10Q copper sensor type s input Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Using Software Configuration Tags Tag Name Data Type Applicable Definition Modules ChOConfigRate INT All inputs The trigger point for the rate alarm status bit which will set if the input AlarmLimit signal changes at a rate faster than the configured rate alarm Configured in percent full scale per second ChOConfigLow REAL All One of four points used in scaling The low signal is in terms of the Signal inputs signal units and corresponds to the low engineering term when scaled The scaling equation is as follows data Signal LowSignal HighEngineering LowEngineering LowEngineering HighSignal Low Signal ChOConfigHigh REAL All One of four points used in scaling The high signal is in terms of the Signal inputs signal units and corresponds to the high engineering term when scaled The scaling equation is as follows data Signal LowSignal HighEng
240. r over Full Temp Range 0 5 of range Minimum Module Scan Time for all Channels 25ms minimum floating point 10ms minimum integer Isolation Voltage Channel to channel User to system Optoisolated transformer isolated 100 tested at 1700V dc for 1s based on 250V ac 100 tested at 1700V dc for 1s based on 250V ac Module Conversion Method R Ladder DAC monotonicity with no missing codes Capacitive Load lt 1 uFd Module Keying Backplane Electronic RTB Screw Torque NEMA 7 9 inch pounds 0 8 1Nm RTB Keying User defined RTB and Housing 20 Position RTB 1756 TBNH or TBSH Environmental Conditions Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Relative Humidity 0 to 60 C 32 to 140 F 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F 5 to 95 noncondensing ConductorsWire Size 22 14 gauge 2mm stranded 3 64 inch 1 2mm insulation maximum Category 92 3 Screwdriver Width for RTB 5 16 inch 8mm maximum Agency Certification Oy when product or packaging is marked Gi Class Div 2 Hazardous Fm Class Div 2 Hazardous marked for all applicable directives Maximum wire size will require extended hou sing 1756 TBE ing conductor routing as describedin the system level installation manual Use conductor category information for plann Refer to publication 1770 4 1 Programmab CSA certification Class Division 2 Group A FM approved Class l Division
241. r system s field devices causing unintended machine motion or loss of process control e causing an explosion in a hazardous environment Repeated electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connectors Worn contacts may create electrical resistance that can affect module operation Compliance to European Union Directives What Are ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 1 5 If this product bears the CE marking it is approved for installation within the European Union and EEA regions It has been designed and tested to meet the following directives EMC Directive This product is tested to meet Council Directive 89 336 EEC Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC and the following standards in whole or in part documeNovember 1998nted in a technical construction file e EN 50081 2EMC Generic Emission Standard Part 2 Industrial Environment e EN 50082 2EMC Generic Immunity Standard Part 2 Industrial Environment This product is intended for use in an industrial environment Low Voltage Directive This product is tested to meet Council Directive 73 23 EEC Low Voltage by applying the safety requirements of EN 61131 2 Programmable Controllers Part 2 Equipment Requirements and Tests For specific information required by EN 6113 1 2 see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the following Allen Bradley publications e Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guide
242. range 21 Ch5Underrange 20 Ch5Overrange 19 Ch6Underrange 18 Ch6Overrange 17 Ch7Underrange 16 Ch7Overrange 1756 IF8 Module Fault Word Bits in Integer Mode 1756 IF8 Channel Fault Word Bits in Integer Mode 1756 IF8 Channel Status Word Bits in Integer Mode 8 channels used in S E wiring 4 channels used in Diff wiring 2 channels used in H S Diff wiring All start at bit 31 Underrange and overrange conditions set the corresponding Channel Fault word bit for that channel 41515 In integer mode Module Fault word bits bits 15 8 operate exactly as described in floating point mode see page 4 17 In integer mode Channel Fault word bits operate exactly as described in floating point mode see page 4 17 mode The Channel Status word has the following differences when used in integer e Only Underrange and Overrange conditions are reported by the module Alarming and Calibration Fault activities are not available although the Calibration Fault bit in the Module Fault word will activate if a channel is not properly calibrated e There is only one 32 bit Channel Status word for all 8 channels Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 4 20 Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 1F16 IF8 1756 IF16 Module Wiring 1756 IF 16 Differential Current Wiring Example Examples and Specifications
243. ration wrak i 2345 1 be i ohra 1 bite ES ahah 1 1 be di har 1 Oo 1 bes EE ohra 1 0G Pra Pace fo clad It also shows what refer ence signal is expected on the input Pema ES Click here to calibrate the low reference This screen displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a low reference If all channels are OK continue as shown below If any channels report an Error retry Step 4 until the status is OK Cabirshun wed Revue Praca Mase io po onia High Feka peas seat 1 bes SE ohra 1 Life ES ihre 10 H i be aii ohra 1 ag H 1 bee ET ohra 1 DG IH e a Click here to continue Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 11 14 Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules Now you must calibrate each channel for a high reference 4 Connect a 487Q resistor to each channel being calibrated Cabiran tasj Ah Heh Aeteerrse Oh Eeee x i j Piisch high Fiaiererca This screen shows which ila ha channels will be calibrated cherie for a high reference and the Chavet 67 244 range of that calibration p TE ccs Prec Ties o dmi 1 he AE hare am It also shows what refer casion i teaa ohne Ar ence signal is expected on Linde ohra AAT Da the input Click here to calibrate the high reference This screen displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a high reference If all channels are OK continue as shown below If any channels report an Error
244. rectorve Det fini Set the Temperature w Temenni E SR O a o e cena 5 A unction units for the module options here here Canca 4 eck Hi Fmah Hai Important The module will send back temperature values over the entire sensor range as long as the High signal value equals the High engineering value and the Low signal value equals the Low engineering value For the example above if High Signal 78 0 C High Engineering must 78 0 If Low signal 12 0 C Low Engineering must 12 0 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 10 18 Configuring the ControlLogix Analog I O Module Downloading New After you have changed the configuration data for a module the change Configuration Data does not actually take affect until you download the new program which contains that information This downloads the entire program to the controller overwriting any existing programs Ee ie es beech Lege pamangkin ook nike Hep jalal a jal o J wale ajej ea Pull down this menu and click here to download the new data Contest T e Misi cheee ordi odie Youu Lecat TC Pregl oF ater RSLogix 5000 verifies the download process with this pop up screen Download xi 7 Download to the controller ie Name User_doc Type 1756 L1 A 1756 M0 0 LOGIX5550 Using this communications configuration Driver AB_DF1 1 Path Click here to download new data Cancel T
245. reir C marked for all applicable directives Maximum wire size will require extended hou Use conductor category information for plann sing 1756 TBE ing conductor routing as described in the system level installation manual awna Refer to publication 1770 4 1 Programmab CSA certification Class Division 2 Group A FM approved Class l Division 2 Group A B Shielded cable required e e Controller Wiring and Grounding Guidelines B C D or nonhazardous locations C D or nonhazardous locations Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI amp 1756 OF6VI 8 13 Chapter Summary In this chapter you learned about features specific to isolated analog output and What s Next modules Move on to chapter 6 to learn about features specific to temperature measuring modules Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 8 14 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI amp 1756 OF6VI Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Chapter 9 Installing the ControlLogix I O Module What this Chapter Contains This chapter describes how to install ControlLogix modules The following table describes what this chapter contains and its location For information about See page Installing the ControlLogix 1 0 Module 9 1 Keying the Removable Terminal Block 9 2 Connecting Wiring 9 3 Assembling the Removable Terminal 9 6 Block and the Housing Installing the Removable Terminal 9 7 Block o
246. retry Step 5 until the status is OK Cobblestone ea Results Pram Mast fo canbe 1 i AE ahaa 1 he iit ohra aT De IH 1 le EF here 417 OG m Click here to continue After you have completed both low and high reference calibration this screen shows the status of both and allows you to finish the calibration process and return to normal operation Cobbeston we Can an Compdet esd 1 Li Et ohare i te ii ohra i Dora 1 ie ohare 1 D ctra Click here to finish calibration and re turn the module to normal operation Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 11 15 Calibrating the 1756 IT6I This module only calibrates in millivolts You can calibrate the module to either a 12 to 30mV range or 12 to 78mV range depending upon your specific application Calibrating the 1756 IT6I for a 12mV to 30mV Range This example shows the steps for calibrating a 1756 IT6I module for a 12mV to 30mV range Use the same steps to calibrate for a 12mV to 78mV range While you are online you must access the modules properties page To see how to reach this page see page 10 19 Follow these steps 1 Connect your voltage calibrator to the module 2 Go to the Configuration page IMPORTANT The input range selected prior to calibration is the range in which the module will calibrate Se er 10 17SATA 1H Gerea Correri Mickle bein oniga ction Aiara Cordipa
247. rever you need us Rockwell Automation brings together leading brands in industrial automation including Allen Bradley controls Reliance Electric power transmission products Dodge mechanical power transmission components and Rockwell Software Rockwell Automation s unique flexible approach to helping customers achieve a competitive advantage is supported by thousands of authorized partners distributors and system integrators around the world Americas Headquarters 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204 USA Tel 1 414 382 2000 Fax 1 414 382 4444 Rockwell European Headquarters SA NV avenue Herrmann Debroux 46 1160 Brussels Belgium Tel 32 2 663 06 00 Fax 32 2 663 06 40 m Asia Pacific Headquarters 27 F Citicorp Centre 18 Whitfield Road Causeway Bay Hong Kong Tel 852 2887 4788 Fax 852 2508 1846 Automation PN 955135 66 1998 Rockwell International Corporation Printed in the U S A Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Supersedes Publication 1756 6 5 9 October 1998
248. rew terminals and the module sends a status bit back to the controller informing it that the 9V value exceeds the module s clamping limits Important Limit alarms are only available in floating point mode Data Echo Data Echo automatically multicasts channel data values which match the analog signals at the module s screw terminals at that time Fault and status data is also sent This data is sent in the format floating point or integer selected at the Requested Packet Interval RPI Fault and Status Reporting Between the 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 Modules and Controllers 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 Fault Reporting in Floating Point Mode Non Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 amp 1756 OF8 7 5 The 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules multicast status fault data to the owner listening controller with their channel data The fault data is arranged in such a manner as to allow the user to choose the level of granularity he desires for examining fault conditions Three levels of tags work together to provide increasing degree of detail as to the specific cause of faults on the module The following tags can be examined in ladder logic to indicate when a fault has occurred e Module Fault Word This word provides fault summary reporting Its tag name is ModuleFaults e Channel Fault Word This word provides a summary of communications fault and open wire detection Its tag name is ChannelFaults e Channel Status Words This w
249. rom the chassis you must first remove the RTB from the module ATTENTION Shock hazard exists If the RTB is removed from the module while the field side power is applied the module will be electrically live Do not touch the RTB s terminals Failure to observe this caution may cause personal injury The RTB is designed to support Removal and Insertion Under Power RIUP However when you remove or insert an RTB with field side power applied unintended machine motion or loss of process control can occur Exercise extreme caution when using this feature It is recommended that field side power be removed before removing the module 1 Unlock the locking tab at the top of the module 2 Open the RTB door using the bottom tab 3 Hold the spot marked PULL HERE and pull the RTB off the module Important Do not wrap your fingers around the entire door A shock hazard exists noon 20855 M Removing the Module from the Chassis Installing the ControlLogix 1 0 Module 9 9 1 Push in the top and bottom locking tabs Locking tabs lt 20856 M Seo See eeN Bae oS es N SEN E En 20857 M Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 9 10 Installing the ControlLogix I O Module Chapter Summary and What s Next Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 In this chapter you learned about installing the
250. ronic RTB Keying User defined mechanical keying Field Wiring Arm and Housing 20 Position RTB 1756 TBNH or TBSH Environmental Conditions Operating Temperature 0 to 60 C 32 to 140 F Storage Temperature 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Relative Humidity 5 to 95 noncondensing Conductors Wire Size 22 14 gauge 2mm stranded 3 64 inch 1 2mm insulation maximum Category 93 4 Screwdriver Width for RTB 5 16 inch 8mm maximum Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 6 18 1756 IT6I Module Wiring Examples and Specifications Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Temperature Measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6 amp 1756 IT61 Agency Certification Oy when product or packaging 5 is marked Gie Class Div 2 Hazardous Fu Class Div2 Hazardous E marked for all applicable directives These specifications are notch filter dependent Maximum wire size will require extended housing 1756 TBE Use conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system level installation manual Refer to publication 1770 4 1 Programmable Controller Wiring and Grounding Guidelines CSA certification Class Division 2 Group A B C D or nonhazardous locations FM approved Class I Division 2 Group A B C D or nonhazardous locations Shielded cable required URWwnNne a 1756 IT6I wiring example
251. roubleshooting the module Move on to Appendix A to see the Specifications for each module Appendix A Module Specifications This appendix provides the specifications for all ControlLogix analog I O modules Use the table below to find your module s specifications Module type Page 1756 1F16 A 2 1756 IF6l A 3 1756 IF8 A 4 1756 IR6I A 5 1756 IT6l A 6 1756 0F4 A 7 1756 OF6CI A 8 1756 OF6VI A 9 1756 OF8 A 10 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 A 2 Module Specifications Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 1756 1F16 Specifications Number of Inputs 16 single ended 8 differential or 4 differential high speed Module Location 1756 ControlLogix Chassis Backplane Current 150mA 5 1V dc amp 65mA 24V dc 2 33W Power Dissipation within Module 2 3W voltage Thermal Dissipation 3 9W current 7 84 BTU hr voltage 13 30 BTU hr current Input Range and Resolution 10 25V 320uV cnt 15 bits plus sign bipolar 0 10 25V 160uV cnt 16 bits 0 5 125V 80uV cnt 16 bits 0 20 5mA 0 32uA cnt 16 bits Data Format Integer mode 2s complement Floating point IEEE 32 bit Input Impedance Voltage Current gt 1lmegQ 2490 Open Circuit Detection Time Differential voltage Positive full scale reading within 5s Single Ended Diff current Negative full scale reading within 5s Single Ended voltage Even numbered channels go to positive
252. rring These bits are also set by the controller if communications are lost with the I O module ModuleFaults INT All Collection of all module level fault bits AnalogGroupFault BOOL All Indicates if a channel fault has occurred on any channel InGroupFault BOOL All inputs Indicates if a channel fault has occurred on any input channel Calibrating BOOL All Indicates if a calibration is currently in progress on any channel CalFault BOOL All Status bit indicating if any channel has a bad calibration Bad calibration means the last attempt to calibrate the channel failed with an error CJ Underrange BOOL 1756 IT6 Status bit to indicate if the Cold J unction reading is currently beneath the lowest detectable temperature of 0 0 degrees Celsius CJ Overrange BOOL 1756 IT61 Status bit to indicate if the Cold J unction reading is currently above the highest detectable temperature of 86 0 degrees Celsius ChannelStatus INT All Collection of individual channel status bits ChOUnderrange BOOL All inputs Alarm bits indicating the channel s input is less than the minimum detectable input signal ChOOverrange BOOL All inputs Alarms bit indicating the channel s input is greater than the maximum detectable input signal ChOData INT All inputs The channel input signal represented in counts where 32 768 counts is the minimum detectable input signal and 32 767 counts is the maximum detectable CJ Data INT 1756 IT6 The cold junction sensor temperature in counts where
253. s 0 0 e eee eee A 10 Appendix B Communications Mode Tag Names and Definitions B 2 I teger Model aes 03 4 sh tou aie es seiek E E seed eee B 2 Floating Point Mode Tags 0 00000 e ee eee B 4 Accessing the Tags si cadet oigeee eds ruranan B 10 Changing Configuration Through the Tags B 11 Downloading New Configuration Data B 13 Appendix C Using Message Instructions 0 0 00 eu eee eee eee C 1 Processing Real Time Control and Module Services C 2 One Service Performed Per Instruction C 2 Module Operation Remains Intact C 2 Create New Tag occo iino bani ote sede ie watered C 4 Enter Message Configuration 008 C 4 Unlatch Alarms in the 1756 IF6I 0 C 8 Unlatch Alarms in the 1756 OF6VI C 11 Reconfiguring a 1756 IR6I Module C 13 Considerations With This Ladder Logic Example C 14 Appendix D What This Chapter Contains What are ControlLogix Analog I O Modules Chapter 1 What Are ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules This chapter describes the ControlLogix analog modules and what you must know and do before you begin to use them The following table describes what this chapter contains and its location For information about See page What are ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 1 1 Using An Analog Module in th
254. s These are set at four user configurable alarm trigger points High high High Low Low low Important Process alarms are not available in integer mode or in applications using 1756 IF16 module in the single ended floating point mode The values for each limit are entered in scaled engineering units You may configure an Alarm Deadband to work with these alarms The deadband allows the process alarm status bit to remain set despite the alarm condition disappearing as long as the input data remains within the deadband of the process alarm To see how to set Process Alarms see page 10 10 Rate Alarm The rate alarm triggers if the rate of change between input samples for each channel exceeds the specified trigger point for that channel Important Rate alarms are not available in integer mode or in applications using 1756 IF16 module in the single ended floating point mode The values for each limit are entered in scaled engineering units For example if you set the 1756 IF16 with normal scaling in Volts to a rate alarm of 1 0 V S the rate alarm will only trigger if the difference between measured input samples changes at a rate gt 1 0 V S If the module s RTS is 100 ms i e sampling new input data every 100ms and at time 0 the module measures 5 0 volts and at time 100ms measures 5 08 V the rate of change is 5 08V 5 0V 100mS 0 8 V S The rate alarm would not set as the change is less than the trigger poi
255. s below the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain set as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband ChxLLAlarm Bit 1 This bit is set when the input signal moves beneath the configured Low Low Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves above the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain latched as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband ChxHHAlarm Bit 0 This bit is set when the input signal moves above the configured High High Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves below the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain latched as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF61 5 11 Fault Reporting in Integer Mode The following graphic provides an overview of the fault reporting process Module Fault Word 15 AnalogGroupFault 14 InGroupFault 12 Calibrating 11 Cal Fault 13 10 9 amp 8 are not used by 1756 IF61 Channel Fault Word 5 Ch5Fault 4 Ch4Fault 3 Ch3Fault 2 Ch2Fault 1 Chl Fault 0 ChOFault Channel Status Word 15 ChOUnderrange 9 Ch3Underrange in integer mode
256. s case the controller does not establish a connection Interface module IFM A prewired removable terminal block RTB Listen only connection An I O connection that allows a controller to monitor 1 0 module data without owning the module Major revision A module revision that is updated any time there is a functional change to the module resulting in an interface change with software Minor revision A module revision that is updated any time there is a change to the module that does not affect its function or software user interface e g bug fix Multicast Data transmissions which reach a specific group of one or more destinations Multiple owners A configuration set up where multiple owner controllers use exactly the same configuration information to simultaneously own an input module Network update time NUT The smallest repetitive time interval in which the data can be sent on a ControlNet network The NUT may be configured over the range from 2ms to 100ms using RSNetWorx Owner controller The controller that creates and stores the primary configuration and communication connection to a module Program mode In this mode the controller program is not executing Inputs are actively producing data Outputs are not actively controlled and go to their configured program mode state Remote An O connection where the controller establishes an connection individual connect
257. s the current output value I tag ChOData within 0 1 of the channel s full scale Integer Configuration Tags Tag Name Data Type Applicable Definition Modules CJ Disable BOOL All inputs only Disables the cold junction sensor which turns off cold junction used for the compensation when linearizing thermocouple inputs 1756 IT6l RealTimeSample INT All input Determines how often the input signal is to be sampled in terms of milliseconds ChORangeNotch SINT 1756 IF6l IR6I Configures the channel s input range and notch filter settings The input IT6l range is the upper nibble bits 4 7 and determines the signal range the input channel can detect Input range values are as follows 0 10 to 10V 1756 IF6l 1 0 to 5V 1756 IF6l 2 0 to 10V 1756 IF6l 3 0 to 20mA 1756 IF6l 4 12 to 78mV 1756 IT6I 5 12 to 30mV 1756 IT6l 6 1 to 487Q 1756 IR6I 7 2 to 1 000Q 1756 IR6I 8 4 to 2 000Q 1756 IR6I 9 8 to 4 020Q 1756 IR6l The notch filter provides superior frequency filtering at the selected value and its harmonics The notch filter is the lowest nibble bits 0 3 0 10Hz 1 50Hz 2 60Hz 3 100Hz 4 250Hz 5 1 000Hz ProgToFaultEn BOOL All outputs The program to fault enable bit determines how the outputs should behave if a communications fault were to occur while the output module is in the program mode When set the bit will cause the outputs to transition to their programmed fault state if a communications fault occurs while in the program state
258. s unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain latched as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband ChxHHAlarm Bit 0 This bit is set when the input signal moves above the configured High High Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves below the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain latched as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 4 14 Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 1F16 IF8 1756 IF16 Fault Reporting in Integer Mode The following graphic provides an overview of the fault reporting process for the 1756 IF16 module in integer mode 14 13 12 11 10 9 If set any bit in the Channel Fault word also sets the Analog Group Fault and Input Group Fault in the Module Fault word A calibrating fault sets bit 9 in the i Module Fault word When the module is calibrating all bits in the Channel Fault word are set rt fete tf ti tt 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 tf Module Fault Word 15 AnalogGroupFault 1 10 Calibrating 5 9 Cal Fault 14 13 12 amp 11 are not used Channel Fault Word 15 Ch15Fault 7 Ch7Fault 14 Ch14Fault 6
259. seconds relative solely to the individual module Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 B 6 Using Software Configuration Tags Floating Point Output Tags These tags are set automatically during configuration using RSLogix 5000 Tag Name Data Type Applicable Modules Definition ChOData REAL All outputs The value the channel is set to output in engineering units based upon the configured scaling for the channel ChODataEcho REAL All outputs The value the channel is currently outputting in engineering units based upon the configured user scaling Will match the requested output value O tag ChOData unless in Program mode calibrating beneath Low Limit above High Limit currently ramping or In Hold OutGroupFault BOOL All outputs Indicates if a channel fault has occurred on any output channel ChONotANumber BOOL All outputs Bit indicating the received output value from the controller O tag ChOData was an invalid IEEE floating point value When an invalid value is received the output value holds its last known valid state ChOlnHold BOOL All outputs Bit which indicates if the output channel is currently holding until the Output value sent to the module O tag ChOData matches the current output value I tag ChOData within 0 1 of the channel s full scale CHORampAlarm BOOL All outputs Alarm bit which sets when the requested output value ChOConfigRa
260. sed incorrectly this option can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss When an I O module is inserted into a slot in a ControlLogix chassis the module compares the following information for itself to that of the configured slot it is entering Vendor Product Type Catalog Number Major Revision Minor Revision This feature can prevent the inadvertent operation of a control system with the wrong module in the wrong slot Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 3 4 ControlLogix Analog I O Module Features Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Access to System Clock for Timestamping Functions Controllers within the ControlLogix chassis maintain a system clock You can configure your analog I O modules to access this clock and timestamp input data or output echo data when the module multicasts to the system You decide how to timestamp data when you choose a communications format For more information on choosing a communications format see page 10 6 This feature allows for accurate calculations between events to help you identify the sequence of events in either fault conditions or in the course of normal I O operations The system clock can be used between multiple modules in the same chassis Rolling Timestamp Each module maintains a rolling timestamp that is unrelated to the CST The rolling timestamp is a continuously running 15 bit timer that counts in milliseconds For input modules whene
261. st access the modules properties page To see how to reach this page see page 10 19 Follow these steps 1 Connect your voltage calibrator to the module 2 Go to the Configuration page IMPORTANT Make sure you choose the correct input range for each channel to be calibrated fe Madde Propisi Lariat 10 1S 11 Jove sl Use this pull down ic menu to choose a the Input Range to which you want to calibrate Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 11 8 Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 3 Go to the Calibration page Click on the tab for this page oe Histels Paap Lacat 10 1 75e 1F T 1 Gere Conecion Miezis bro Conkgasion Alves Configuraton Calbeston neckpiare Click here to Start calibration ibia ib SOEC Abh 1 Abha 4D ibia ib SIEL You see this warning 4 Cabhair dhru nce bes pakare ns ark carers barg ated ba creed rt Thee ghura all Phe pt ar area eae aCe ian b ape Conia va CT Click here to continue calibration with the Click here to change to Program Mode be i Se et a ae channels frozen at their current values SES ae fore continuing with calibration 4 Set the channels to be calibrated L ahinan Wirmd Soei eo Chere t Cabbraie Ei Salso the chav tn ealbeate ung the Talku chackboa 1 Choose the channels you Anniv want to calibrate here Than chaniai te witha fldeeta nam z oe Changi ha Chaa ii 10i 1 ES 1 e En B i W
262. strictly a millivolts mV module Temperature Measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I amp 1756 IT61 6 3 Specific Features of The following features are specific to ControlLogix temperature Temperature Measuring measuring modules Modules Multiple Input Ranges You can select from a series of operational ranges for each channel on your module The range designates the minimum and maximum signals that are detectable by the module Table 6 C Possible Input Ranges Module Possible ranges 1756 IR6 1 to 487Q 2 to 10002 4 to 20002 8 to 40802 1756 IT6I 12 to 78mV 12 to 30mV For an example of how to choose an input range see chapter 8 Notch Filter An Analog to Digital Convertor ADC filter removes line noise in your application for each channel Choose a notch filter that most closely matches the anticipated noise frequency in your application Remember that each filter time affects the response time of your module Also the highest frequency notch filter settings also limit the effective resolution of the channel Important 60Hz is the default setting for the notch filter Use the table below to choose a notch filter setting Table 6 D Notch Filter Settings Notch setting 10Hz 50Hz 60Hz 100Hz 250Hz 1000Hz Default Minimum Sample Time 102mS 22mS 19mS 12mS 10mS 10mS RTS Integer mode Minimum Sample Time 102mS 25mS 25mS 25mS 25mS 25mS RTS Floating point mode 0 100 Ste
263. t in the format floating point or integer selected and is sent at the Requested Packet Interval RPD Fault and Status Reporting Between the 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI Modules and Controllers Fault Reporting in Floating Point Mode Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI amp 1756 OF6VI 8 5 The 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI modules multicast status fault data to the owner listening controller with their channel data The fault data is arranged in such a manner as to allow the user to choose the level of granularity he desires for examining fault conditions Three levels of tags work together to provide increasing degree of detail as to the specific cause of faults on the module The following tags can be examined in ladder logic to indicate when a fault has occurred e Module Fault Word This word provides fault summary reporting Its tag name is ModuleFaults e Channel Fault Word This word provides low limit and high limit and communications fault reporting Its tag name is ChannelFaults e Channel Status Words This word provides individual channel status for low and high limit alarms ramp alarms and calibration faults Its tag name is ChxStatus Important Differences exist between floating point and integer modes as they relate to module fault reporting These differences are explained in the following two sections The following graphic provides an overview of the fault reporting process in floating point mode
264. t mouse button and select New Module Tete 17S5 CMBA 1758 Contediiel Breige Pundai Heda Vendor Ader deg IMPORTANT Be aware of the Pert CM rexis two Communications Format His eeN mE a choices available for 1756 CNB 3 aa Chair dj fi modules For more information on the differences between Rack e comrae F rae A m Optimization and Listen Only ren re Ack Upra Rack Optimization see chapter 2 i a of the ControlLogix Digital 1 0 Modules User Manual publication 1756 6 5 8 Ced cect beas Femh Hee For more information on the ControlLogix ControlNet Interface modules For more information see the ControlLogix ControlNet Interface Installation Instructions publication 1756 5 32 i ee Now you can configure the remote I O modules by adding them to the remote communications module Follow the same procedures as you do for configuring local I O modules as detailed earlier in this chapter Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 10 24 Configuring the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Module Viewing and Changing When you create a module you establish a series of tags in the Module Tags ControlLogix system that can be viewed in the Tag Editor of RSLogix 5000 Each configurable feature on your module has a distinct tag that can be used in the processor s ladder logic You can access a module s tags through RSLogix 5000 as shown below hs I SS Shey 1 Select Controller Tags 2
265. ta high speed mode 1756 IF16 IF8 module operating in the high speed mode only returns integer input data e Integer data single ended mode 1756 IF16 IF8 module operating in the single ended mode only returns integer input data The following additional Communications Format choices are used by controllers that want to listen to an input module but not own it These choices have the same definition as similarly named choices above Listen only CST timestamped float data Listen only CST timestamped integer data Listen only float data Listen only integer data Listen only CST timestamped float data differential mode Listen only CST timestamped float data high speed mode Listen only CST timestamped float data single ended mode Listen only CST timestamped integer data differential mode Listen only CST timestamped integer data high speed mode Listen only CST timestamped integer data single ended mode Listen only Float data differential mode Listen only Float data high speed mode Listen only Float data single ended mode Listen only Integer data differential mode Listen only Integer data high speed mode Listen only Integer data single ended mode For example the screen below shows some of the choices available when you are configuring a 1756 IF6I module I al Goren Forai Frm Cite FIBH Dais Lear On CET T madargadFha Daa Listen Dnk CET Taeanga risg Duis Oink Fha Ci Important Once the module
266. tched as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband 1756 IF8 Fault Reporting in Integer Mode Module Fault Word Non Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 IF8 4 19 The following graphic provides an overview of the fault reporting process for the 1756 IF8 module in integer mode 15 AnalogGroupFault 10 Calibrating 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 9 Cal Fault 14 13 12 amp 11 are not used by 1756 IF8 Channel Fault Word 7 Ch7Fault 6 Ch6Fault 5 Ch5Fault 4 Ch4Fault 3 Ch3Fault 2 Ch2Fault 1 Chl Fault 0 ChOFault 8 channels used in S E wiring 4 channels used in Diff wiring 2 channels used in H S Diff wiring All start at bit 0 A calibrating fault sets bit 9 in the Module Fault word When the moduleis calibrating all bits in the Channel Fault word are set If set any bit in the Channel Fault word also sets the Analog Group Fault and Input Group Fault in the Module Fault word rtf tt ft 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Li Ltt ttt ht ttt tt ttt Channel Status Word 31 ChOUnderrange 30 ChOOverrange 29 Chl Underrange 28 Ch1Overrange 27 Ch2Underrange 26 Ch2Overrange 25 Ch3Underrange 24 Ch30verrange 31 23 Ch4Underrange 22 Ch4Over
267. ted Analog Input Modules input modules Multiple Input Ranges You can select from a series of operational ranges for each channel on your module The range designates the minimum and maximum signals that are detectable by the module Table 5 C Possible Input Ranges Module Possible ranges 1756 IF6 10 to 10V 0 to 5V 0 to 10V 0 to 20mA For an example of how to choose an input range for your module see chapter 10 Notch Filter An Analog to Digital Convertor ADC filter removes line noise in your application for each channel Choose a notch filter that most closely matches the anticipated noise frequency in your application Remember that each filter time affects the response time of your module Also the highest frequency notch filter settings also limit the effective resolution of the channel Important 60Hz is the default setting for the notch filter Use the table below to choose a notch filter setting Table 5 D Notch Filter Settings Notch setting 10Hz 50Hz 60Hz 100Hz 250Hz 1000Hz Default Minimum Sample Time 102mS 22mS 19mS 12mS 10mS 10mS RTS Integer mode Minimum Sample Time 102mS 25mS 25mS 25mS 25mS 25mS RTS Floating point mode 0 100 Step 400mS 80mS RTS 68mS RTS 40mS RTS 16mS RTS 4mS RTS Response Time RTS 3dB Frequency 3Hz 13Hz 16Hz 26Hz 66Hz 262Hz Effective Resolution 16 bits 16 bits 16 bits 16 bits 15 bits 10 bits 1 Integer mode must be used for R
268. the clamps are determined for a module any data received from the controller that exceeds those clamps sets an appropriate limit alarm and transitions the output to that limit but not beyond the requested value For example an application may set the high clamp on a module for 8V and the low clamp for 8V If a controller sends a value corresponding to 9V to the module the module will only apply 8V to its screw terminals Clamping alarms can be disabled or latched on a per channel basis Important Clamping is only available in floating point mode To see how to set the clamping limits see page 10 15 Clamp Limit Alarms This function works directly with clamping When a module receives a data value from the controller that exceeds clamping limits it applies signal values to the clamping limit but also sends a status bit to the controller notifying it that the value sent exceeds the clamping limits Using the example above if a module has clamping limits of 8V and 8V but then receives data to apply 9V only 8V is applied to the screw terminals and the module sends a status bit back to the controller informing it that the 9V value exceeds the module s clamping limits Important Limit alarms are only available in floating point mode Data Echo Data Echo automatcially multicasts channel data values which match the analog signals at the module s screw terminals at that time Fault and status data is also sent This data is sen
269. tly as described in floating point mode see page 6 10 The Channel Status word has the following differences when used in integer mode e Only Underrange and Overrange conditions are reported by the module Alarming and Calibration Fault activities are not available The Calibration Fault bit in the Module Fault word will activate e There is only 1 Channel Status word for all 6 channels Temperature Measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I amp 1756 IT61 6 13 Sensor Type Two analog modules the RTD 1756 IRG6I and Thermocouple 1756 IT6D allow you to configure a Sensor Type for each channel that linearizes the analog signal into a temperature value The RTD module linearizes ohms into temperature and the Thermocouple module linearizes millivolts into temperature Important Sensor types are only available in applications using floating point mode Also these modules can only linearize signals to temperature values in the floating point mode Use the following table to see which sensors are available for your application Table 6 F Available Sensors for Temperature Measuring Modules Module Available sensors 1756 IR6 10Q Copper 427 type 100Q Platinum 385 Platinum 3916 and Nickel 618 types 120Q Nickel 618 and Nickel 672 types 200Q Platinum 385 Platinum 3916 and Nickel 618 types 500Q Platinum 385 Platinum 3916 and Nickel 618 types 1000Q Platinum 385 and Platinum 3916 types 1756 IT61 B C E J K N R
270. to calibrate the low reference Click here to return to the last screen and make any necessary changes This screen displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a low reference If all channels are OK continue as shown below If any channels report an Error retry Step 5 until the status is OK Peers Tef le go on le High Helene inal EETA OH EELO 1200 OH EET o oF AT Bry a2 ok AT 7ony 1200 oH Jab Finw 120 oH Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 11 17 Now you must calibrate each channel for a high reference voltage 6 Set the calibrator for the high reference and apply it to the module Cobdsation Wirard Alleck High Hefeence Village Signal aura Aeka P EES TRES This screen shows which charralhj channels will be calibrated for a high reference and the i224 7 Ata JB mie range of that calibration ee m Par Herte rat Pie JB eve T ii ehee ita hme wal Gd It also shows what refer atta Th ni 73 00 ence signal is expected on the input Click here to calibrate the high reference This screen displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a high reference If all channels are OK continue as shown below If any channels report an Error retry Step 6 until the status is OK be Ea Arh TE mh irh Tims AIh JE ni Aih lene AK BAe Click here to continue After you have completed both
271. to the appropriate I O modules T O modules in the same chassis as the controller are ready to run as soon as the configuration data has been downloaded You must run RSNetWorx to enable I O modules in the networked chassis Running RSNetWorx transfers configuration data to networked modules and establishes a Network Update Time NUT for ControlNet that is compliant with the desired communications options specified for each module during configuration If you are not using I O modules in a networked chassis running RSNetWorx is not necessary However anytime a controller references an I O module in a networked chassis RSNetWorx must be run to configure ControlNet Follow these general guidelines when configuring I O modules 1 Configure all I O modules for a given controller using RSLogix 5000 and download that information to the controller 2 If the I O configuration data references a module in a remote chassis run RSNetWorx Important RSNetWorx must be run whenever a new module is added to a networked chassis When a module is permanently removed from a remote chassis we recommend that RSNetWorx be run to optimize the allocation of network bandwidth Analog I O Operation Within the ControlLogix System 2 3 Direct Connections A direct connection is a real time data transfer link between the controller and the device that occupies the slot that the configuration data references When module configuration data is downloade
272. ts 10 8 Compliance full Class I Division 2 3 5 to European Union Directives 1 1 1 5 Connection P 2 as related to module ownership 2 1 direct connection P 2 2 3 listen only connection P 3 2 10 remote connection P 3 ControlBus P 2 1 3 Coordinated System Time CST P 2 CSA compliance to 1 2 D Data Echo 7 4 8 4 Data Format 3 6 choosing 4 3 floating point 3 6 integer 3 6 understanding its relationship with module resolution and scaling 3 9 Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Digital Filter 1756 IF6I module 5 5 1756 IR6I and 1756 IT6I modules 6 5 setting in RSLogix 5000 10 11 smooth input data noise transients 4 6 Dynamic Reconfiguration 10 19 E Electrostatic Discharge preventing 1 4 EMC Directive 1 5 European Union Directives 1 1 1 5 compliance to 1 5 F Fault and Status Reporting 1756 IF6I module 5 8 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules 7 5 1756 16 module 4 10 1756 IF16 module 4 10 1756 IF8 module 4 15 1756 IR6I and 1756 IT6I modules 6 9 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI modules 8 5 FM compliance to 1 2 H Hold for Initialization 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules 7 3 enable for output modules 10 14 l Inhibit connection to an I O module P 3 3 6 in RSLogix 5000 10 10 10 13 K Keying compatible match P 2 3 3 disable keying P 2 3 3 electronic P 2 3 3 10 9 choosing in RSLogix 5000 10 5 exact match P 2 3 3 mechanically keying the RTB 9 2 L Ladder Logic message
273. ts are set Its tag name is CalibrationFault During normal module operation bits in the Channel Fault word are set if any of the respective channels has an Under or Overrange condition Checking this word for a nonzero value is a quick way to check for Under or Overrange conditions on the module The following conditions set all Channel Fault word bits e A channel is being calibrated in this case the module sets the bits to display O03F e A communications fault occurred between the module and its owner controller In this case the bits are set by the controller and set to display FFFF Your logic can monitor the Channel Fault Word bit for a particular input to determine the state of that point Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 5 10 Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6l Channel Status Word Bits in Floating Point Mode Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Any of the 6 Channel Status words one for each channel will display a nonzero condition if that particular channel has faulted for the conditions listed below Some of these bits set bits in other Fault words When the Underrange and Overrange bits bits 6 amp 5 in any of the words are set the appropriate bit is set in the Channel Fault word When the Calibration Fault bit bit 7 is set in any of the words the Calibration Fault bit bit 11 is set in the Module Fault word ChxCalFault Bit 7 This bit is set if an error o
274. um detectable signal For more information on the maximum detectable signal for each module see Table 4 E on page 4 5 This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word Important Bits 0 4 are not available in floating point single ended mode ChxRateAlarm Bit 4 This bit is set when the input channel s rate of change exceeds the configured Rate Alarm parameter It remains set until the rate of change drops below the configured rate If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched ChxLAlarm Bit 3 This bit is set when the input signal moves beneath the configured Low Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves above the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain set as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband ChxHAlarm Bit 2 This bit is set when the input signal moves above the configured High Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves below the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain set as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband ChxLLAlarm Bit 1 This bit is set when the input signal moves beneath the configured Low Low Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves above the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it i
275. uts Low low alarm bit which sets when the input signal moves beneath the configured low low alarm trigger point ChOConfigLLAlarmLimit Remains set until the input signal moves above the trigger point unless latched via ChOConfigProcAlarmLatch or the input is still within the configured alarm deadband ChOConfigAlmDeadband of the low low alarm trigger point CHOHHAlarm BOOL All inputs High high alarm bit which sets when the input signal moves above the configured high high alarm trigger point ChOConfigProcAlarmLimit Remains set until the input signal moves below the trigger point unless latched via ChOConfigAlmDeadband of the high high alarm trigger point ChoData REAL All inputs The channel input signal represented in engineering units The input signal is measured and then scaled based on the user configuration CJ Data REAL 1756 IT6l The cold junction sensor temperature in degrees Celsius or Fahrenheit CSTTimestamp Array of DINT All if the CST connection is selected Timestamp taken at time the input data was sampled or if an output when the output was applied and placed in terms of Coordinated System Time which is a 64 bit quantity in microseconds coordinated across the rack Must be addressed in 32 bit chunks as an array RollingTimestamp INT All inputs Timestamp taken at time the input data was sampled or if an output when the output was applied which is in terms of milli
276. ver a module scans its channels it also records the value of the rolling timestamp at that time The user program can then use the last two rolling timestamp values and calculate the interval between receipt of data or the time when new data has been received For output modules the rolling timestamp value is only updated when new values are applied to the Digital to Analog Converter DAC Producer Consumer Model By using the Producer Consumer model ControlLogix I O modules can produce data without having been polled by a controller first The modules produce the data and any owner or listen only controller device can decide to consume it For example an input module produces data and any number of processors can consume the data at the same time This eliminates the need for one processor to send the data to another processor For a more detailed explanation of this process see chapter 2 ControlLogix Analog I O Module Features 3 5 LED Status Information Each ControlLogix analog I O module has LED indicators on the front of the module that allows you to check the module health and operational status of a module The following status can be checked with the LED indicators e Calibration status display indicates when your module is in the calibration mode e Module status display indicates the module s communication status For examples of LED indicators on ControlLogix analog I O modules see chapter 12 Full Class
277. wiring precision resistors for calibration follow the wiring example on page 6 16 Make sure terminals IN x B and RTN x C are shorted together at the RTB While you are online you must access the modules properties page To see how to reach this page see page 10 19 Follow these steps 1 Go to the Calibration page Click on the tab for this page om Models copmties Local IN 175 2 12 Click here to start calibration Important Regardless of what ohms application range is selected prior to calibration the 1756 IR6I only calibrates in the 1 487Q range 2 Set the channels to be calibrated Cobkbestor wed Sele Bee Chel lo C aina ox 1 Choose the channels you 1 hae rare i want to calibrate here Theri ctexnee ko thas Colbaane the herein 1 bes HE ohra 1 Con a i es acy ibak ober ES 5 JH ag Tires i bo di ohare OS ee i gH lei oa TH E i Praca Tier ba coirean 2 Choose whether you want p Caisa Chanekin Gouge O Caira Chorasi Ore at a Tira to calibrate channels in ane groups or one at a time here 3 Click here to continue Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 Calibrating the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 11 13 The low reference screen appears first 3 Connect a 1Q resistor to each channel being calibrated Cobblestone Aach Low Relepenee Oh Gowen x This screen shows which eae pa miaa channels will be calibrated for a low reference and the range of that calib
278. word 15 13 11 9 7 amp 5 are not used by OF6CI and OF6VI in integer mode Module Fault Word Bits in Integer Mode Channel Fault Word Bits in Integer Mode Channel Status Word Bits in Integer Mode Publication 1756 6 5 9 November 1998 i Tote de 5 4 3 2 1 0 t 1 ttti l 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 Output in Hold conditions must be monitored here 41349 In integer mode Module Fault word bits bits 15 11 operate exactly as described in floating point mode see page 8 6 In integer mode Channel Fault word bits bits 5 0 operate exactly as described in floating point mode for calibration and communications faults see page 8 6 The Channel Status word has the following differences when used in integer mode e Only the Output in Hold condition is reported by the module e Calibration Fault reporting is not available in this word although the Calibration Fault bit in the Module Fault word will still activate when that condition exists on any channel e There is only 1 Channel Status word for all 6 channels 1756 OF6CI Module Wiring Examples and Specifications OUT 1 ALT 1 RTN 1 OUT 3 os ALT 3 NOTE Place additional devices anywhere in the loop RTN 3 Not used OUT 5 ALT 5 RTN 5 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI amp 1756 OF6VI 8 9 I
279. x 5000 MSG Message a EN Message Control Ill eit instruction Cla Copy Instruction Ctrl C Paste Cty Delete Instruction Del Add Ladder Element Ins Edit Instruction Enter Edit Tag Description Toggle Bit Ctl T Find Ctl F Replace GoTo Ctr G Create Tag sv MainRoutine Name the tag here Choose the Base Tag Type here Choose the Controller Scope here IMPORTANT Message tags can only be created with the Controller Scope Click here to see the message Slotl_ChO_H_Alarm_Unlatch ox Enter an optional description here B e Cancel __Hep tagtype i Base C Alas C Consumed Choose the Message Data Type here E Confique Using Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration C 3 You must fill in the following information when the New Tag pop up screen appears Important We suggest you name the tag to indicate what module service is sent by the message instruction For example the message instruction below is used to unlatch a high alarm and the tag is named to reflect this cA User_Manual controller Style 7 Produce this tag for upto 2 consumers Enter Message Configuration After creating a new tag you must enter message configuration configuration pop up screens Enter message configuration on the following screens e Configuration pop up screen e Communications pop up screen A
280. ximum voltage 50 ppm degree C maximum current Module Error over Full Temp Range 0 15 of range voltage 0 3 of range current Module Scan Time for all Channels 12ms minimum floating point 8ms minimum integer Isolation Voltage User to system 100 tested at 2550V dc for 1s Module Conversion Method R Ladder DAC monotonicity with no missing codes Module Keying Backplane Electronic RTB Screw Torque NEMA 7 9 inch pounds 0 8 1Nm RTB Keying User defined RTB and Housing 20 Position RTB 1756 TBNH or TBSH Environmental Conditions Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Relative Humidity 0 to 60 C 32 to 140 F 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F 5 to 95 noncondensing ConductorsWire Size 22 14 gauge 2mm stranded maximum 3 64 inch 1 2mm insulation maximum Category 92 3 Screwdriver Width for RTB 5 16 inch 8mm maximum Agency Certification when product or packaging is marked Class Div 2 Hazardous lt re gt Class Div2 Hazardous E marked for all applicable directives Gi Maximum wire size will require extended hou sing 1756 TBE Use conductor category information for plann Refer to publication 1770 4 1 Programmab CSA certification Class Division 2 Group A FM approved Class l Division 2 Group A B Shielded cable required awn uo ing conductor routing as described in the system level installation manual e

1756-6.5.9, ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents